US20050147992A1 - Methods and apparatus for analyzing polynucleotide sequences - Google Patents

Methods and apparatus for analyzing polynucleotide sequences Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20050147992A1
US20050147992A1 US10/967,778 US96777804A US2005147992A1 US 20050147992 A1 US20050147992 A1 US 20050147992A1 US 96777804 A US96777804 A US 96777804A US 2005147992 A1 US2005147992 A1 US 2005147992A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
nucleic acid
target nucleic
nucleotide
acid molecule
methods
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US10/967,778
Inventor
Stephen Quake
Wayne Volkmuth
Marc Unger
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
California Institute of Technology CalTech
Original Assignee
California Institute of Technology CalTech
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US09/605,520 external-priority patent/US7601270B1/en
Application filed by California Institute of Technology CalTech filed Critical California Institute of Technology CalTech
Priority to US10/967,778 priority Critical patent/US20050147992A1/en
Publication of US20050147992A1 publication Critical patent/US20050147992A1/en
Assigned to CALIFORNIA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY reassignment CALIFORNIA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: QUAKE, STEPHEN, VOLKMUTH, WAYNE, UNGER, MARC
Assigned to NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH (NIH), U.S. DEPT. OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES (DHHS), U.S. GOVERNMENT reassignment NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH (NIH), U.S. DEPT. OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES (DHHS), U.S. GOVERNMENT CONFIRMATORY LICENSE (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: CALIFORNIA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F04POSITIVE - DISPLACEMENT MACHINES FOR LIQUIDS; PUMPS FOR LIQUIDS OR ELASTIC FLUIDS
    • F04BPOSITIVE-DISPLACEMENT MACHINES FOR LIQUIDS; PUMPS
    • F04B43/00Machines, pumps, or pumping installations having flexible working members
    • F04B43/02Machines, pumps, or pumping installations having flexible working members having plate-like flexible members, e.g. diaphragms
    • F04B43/04Pumps having electric drive
    • F04B43/043Micropumps
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L3/00Containers or dishes for laboratory use, e.g. laboratory glassware; Droppers
    • B01L3/50Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes
    • B01L3/502Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures
    • B01L3/5027Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L3/00Containers or dishes for laboratory use, e.g. laboratory glassware; Droppers
    • B01L3/50Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes
    • B01L3/502Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures
    • B01L3/5027Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip
    • B01L3/502738Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip characterised by integrated valves
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6869Methods for sequencing
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6869Methods for sequencing
    • C12Q1/6874Methods for sequencing involving nucleic acid arrays, e.g. sequencing by hybridisation
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F15FLUID-PRESSURE ACTUATORS; HYDRAULICS OR PNEUMATICS IN GENERAL
    • F15CFLUID-CIRCUIT ELEMENTS PREDOMINANTLY USED FOR COMPUTING OR CONTROL PURPOSES
    • F15C5/00Manufacture of fluid circuit elements; Manufacture of assemblages of such elements integrated circuits
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16KVALVES; TAPS; COCKS; ACTUATING-FLOATS; DEVICES FOR VENTING OR AERATING
    • F16K99/00Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
    • F16K99/0001Microvalves
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16KVALVES; TAPS; COCKS; ACTUATING-FLOATS; DEVICES FOR VENTING OR AERATING
    • F16K99/00Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
    • F16K99/0001Microvalves
    • F16K99/0003Constructional types of microvalves; Details of the cutting-off member
    • F16K99/0015Diaphragm or membrane valves
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16KVALVES; TAPS; COCKS; ACTUATING-FLOATS; DEVICES FOR VENTING OR AERATING
    • F16K99/00Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
    • F16K99/0001Microvalves
    • F16K99/0034Operating means specially adapted for microvalves
    • F16K99/0042Electric operating means therefor
    • F16K99/0051Electric operating means therefor using electrostatic means
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16KVALVES; TAPS; COCKS; ACTUATING-FLOATS; DEVICES FOR VENTING OR AERATING
    • F16K99/00Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
    • F16K99/0001Microvalves
    • F16K99/0034Operating means specially adapted for microvalves
    • F16K99/0055Operating means specially adapted for microvalves actuated by fluids
    • F16K99/0059Operating means specially adapted for microvalves actuated by fluids actuated by a pilot fluid
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/53Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
    • G01N33/543Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with an insoluble carrier for immobilising immunochemicals
    • G01N33/544Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with an insoluble carrier for immobilising immunochemicals the carrier being organic
    • G01N33/549Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with an insoluble carrier for immobilising immunochemicals the carrier being organic with antigen or antibody entrapped within the carrier
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2200/00Solutions for specific problems relating to chemical or physical laboratory apparatus
    • B01L2200/10Integrating sample preparation and analysis in single entity, e.g. lab-on-a-chip concept
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2300/00Additional constructional details
    • B01L2300/08Geometry, shape and general structure
    • B01L2300/0861Configuration of multiple channels and/or chambers in a single devices
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2300/00Additional constructional details
    • B01L2300/08Geometry, shape and general structure
    • B01L2300/0887Laminated structure
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2300/00Additional constructional details
    • B01L2300/12Specific details about materials
    • B01L2300/123Flexible; Elastomeric
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2300/00Additional constructional details
    • B01L2300/14Means for pressure control
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2400/00Moving or stopping fluids
    • B01L2400/04Moving fluids with specific forces or mechanical means
    • B01L2400/0475Moving fluids with specific forces or mechanical means specific mechanical means and fluid pressure
    • B01L2400/0481Moving fluids with specific forces or mechanical means specific mechanical means and fluid pressure squeezing of channels or chambers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2400/00Moving or stopping fluids
    • B01L2400/06Valves, specific forms thereof
    • B01L2400/0633Valves, specific forms thereof with moving parts
    • B01L2400/0655Valves, specific forms thereof with moving parts pinch valves
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L3/00Containers or dishes for laboratory use, e.g. laboratory glassware; Droppers
    • B01L3/50Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes
    • B01L3/502Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures
    • B01L3/5027Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip
    • B01L3/502707Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip characterised by the manufacture of the container or its components
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16KVALVES; TAPS; COCKS; ACTUATING-FLOATS; DEVICES FOR VENTING OR AERATING
    • F16K99/00Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
    • F16K2099/0073Fabrication methods specifically adapted for microvalves
    • F16K2099/0074Fabrication methods specifically adapted for microvalves using photolithography, e.g. etching
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16KVALVES; TAPS; COCKS; ACTUATING-FLOATS; DEVICES FOR VENTING OR AERATING
    • F16K99/00Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
    • F16K2099/0073Fabrication methods specifically adapted for microvalves
    • F16K2099/0076Fabrication methods specifically adapted for microvalves using electrical discharge machining [EDM], milling or drilling
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16KVALVES; TAPS; COCKS; ACTUATING-FLOATS; DEVICES FOR VENTING OR AERATING
    • F16K99/00Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
    • F16K2099/0073Fabrication methods specifically adapted for microvalves
    • F16K2099/0078Fabrication methods specifically adapted for microvalves using moulding or stamping
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16KVALVES; TAPS; COCKS; ACTUATING-FLOATS; DEVICES FOR VENTING OR AERATING
    • F16K99/00Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
    • F16K2099/0073Fabrication methods specifically adapted for microvalves
    • F16K2099/008Multi-layer fabrications
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16KVALVES; TAPS; COCKS; ACTUATING-FLOATS; DEVICES FOR VENTING OR AERATING
    • F16K99/00Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
    • F16K2099/0082Microvalves adapted for a particular use
    • F16K2099/0084Chemistry or biology, e.g. "lab-on-a-chip" technology
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16KVALVES; TAPS; COCKS; ACTUATING-FLOATS; DEVICES FOR VENTING OR AERATING
    • F16K99/00Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
    • F16K2099/0082Microvalves adapted for a particular use
    • F16K2099/0094Micropumps

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to methods for high speed, high throughput analysis of polynucleotide sequences and apparatuses for carrying out such methods.
  • a multiplicity of DNA fragments are generated from a DNA species which it is intended to sequence. These fragments are incomplete copies of the DNA species to be sequenced.
  • the aim is to produce a ladder of DNA fragments, each a single base longer than the previous one.
  • the target DNA is used as a template for a DNA polymerase to produce a number of incomplete clones.
  • These fragments which differ in respective length by a single base, are then separated on an apparatus which is capable of resolving single-base differences in size.
  • the third and final step is the determination of the nature of the base at the end of each fragment. When ordered by the size of the fragments which they terminate, these bases represent the sequence of the original DNA species.
  • template sequences are determined by priming the template followed by a series of single base primer extension reactions (e.g., as described in WO 93/21340, WO 96/27025, and WO 98/44152). While the basic scheme in these methods no longer require separation of polynucleotides on the gel, they encounter various other problems such as consumption of large amounts of expensive reagents, difficulty in removing reagents after each step, misincorporation due to long exchange times, the need to remove labels from the incorporated nucleotide, and difficulty to detect further incorporation if the label is not removed.
  • methods for analyzing the sequence of a target polynucleotide include the steps of (a) providing a primed target polynucleotide linked to a microfabricated synthesis channel; (b) flowing a first nucleotide through the synthesis channel under conditions whereby the first nucleotide attaches to the primer, if a complementary nucleotide is present to serve as template in the target polynucleotide; (c) determining presence or absence of a signal, the presence of a signal indicating that the first nucleotide was incorporated into the primer, and hence the identity of the complementary base that served as a template in the target polynucleotide; (d) removing or reducing the signal, if present; and (e) repeating steps (b)-(d) with a further nucleotide that is the same or different from the first nucleotide, whereby the further nucleotide attaches to the primer or a nu
  • step (a) comprises providing a plurality of different primed target polynucleotides linked to different synthesis channels; step (b) comprises flowing the first nucleotide through each of the synthesis channels; and step (c) comprises determining presence or absence of a signal in each of the channels, the presence of a signal in a synthesis channel indicating the first nucleotide was incorporated into the primer in the synthesis channel, and hence the identity of the complementary base that served as a template in the target polynucleotide in the synthesis channel.
  • a plurality of different primed target polynucleotides are linked to each synthesis channels.
  • Some methods include the further steps of flushing the synthesis channel to remove unincorporated nucleotides.
  • steps (b)-(d) are performed at least four times with four different types of nucleotides.
  • steps (b)-(d) are performed until the identity of each base in the target polynucleotide has been identified.
  • the nucleotides are labeled.
  • the label can be a fluorescent dye, and the signal can be detected optically.
  • the label can also be a radiolabel, and the signal can be detected with a radioactivity detector.
  • incorporation of nucleotides is detected by measuring pyrophosphate release.
  • the synthesis channel is formed by bonding a microfluidic chip to a flat substrate.
  • the target polynucleotides are immobilized to the interior surface of the substrate in the synthesis channel.
  • the interior surface is coated with a polyelectrolyte multilayer (PEM).
  • PEM polyelectrolyte multilayer
  • the microfluidic chip is fabricated with an elastomeric material such as RTV silicone.
  • methods for analyzing a target polynucleotide entails (a) pretreating the surface of a substrate to create surface chemistry that facilitates polynucleotide attachment and sequence analysis; (b) providing a primed target polynucleotide attached to the surface; (c) providing a labeled first nucleotides to the attached target polynucleotide under conditions whereby the labeled first nucleotide attaches to the primer, if a complementary nucleotide is present to serve as template in the target polynucleotide; (d) determining presence or absence of a signal from the primer, the presence of a signal indicating that the labeled first nucleotide was incorporated into the primer, and hence the identity of the complementary base that served as a template in the target polynucleotide; and (e) repeating steps (c)-(d) with a labeled further nucleotide that is the same or different from the first
  • the substrate is glass and the surface is coated with a polyelectrolyte multilayer (PEM).
  • PEM polyelectrolyte multilayer
  • the PEM is terminated with a polyanion.
  • the polyanion is terminated with carboxylic acid groups.
  • the target polynucleotide is biotinylated, and the PEM-coated surface is further coated with biotin and then streptavidin.
  • methods of analyzing a target polynucleotide include the steps of (a) providing a primed target polynucleotide; (b) providing a first type of nucleotide of which a fraction is labeled under conditions whereby the first nucleotide attaches to the primer, if a complementary nucleotide is present to serve as template in the target polynucleotide; (c) determining presence or absence of a signal from the primer, the presence of a signal indicating the first nucleotide was incorporated into the primer, and hence the identity of the complementary base that served as a template in the target polynucleotide; and (d) repeating steps (b)-(c) with a further type of nucleotide of which a fraction is labeled the same and which is the same or different from the first type of nucleotide, whereby the further nucleotide attaches to the primer or a nucleotide
  • the label used is a fluorescent label.
  • the removing or reducing step is performed by photobleaching.
  • the fraction of labeled nucleotides are less than 10%, less than 1%, less than 0.1%, or less than 0.01%.
  • apparatuses for analyzing the sequence of a polynucleotide have (a) a flow cell with at least one microfabricated synthesis channel; and (b) an inlet port and an outlet port which are in fluid communication with the flow cell and which flowing fluids such as deoxynucleoside triphosphates and nucleotide polymerase into and through the flow cell.
  • Some of the apparatuses additionally have (c) a light source to direct light at a surface of the synthesis channel; and (d) a detector to detect a signal from the surface.
  • the synthesis channel is formed by bonding a microfluidic chip to a flat substrate.
  • the microfluidic chip also contain microfabricated valves and microfabricated pumps in an integrated system with the synthesis channel.
  • a plurality of reservoirs for storing reaction reagents are also present, and the microfabricated valve and pump are connected to the reservoirs.
  • the detector is a photon counting camera.
  • the to microfluidic chip is fabricated with an elastomeric material such as RTV silicone.
  • the substrate of some of the apparatuses is a glass cover slip.
  • the cross section of the synthesis channel in some of the apparatuses has a linear dimension of less than 100 ⁇ m ⁇ 100 ⁇ m, less than 10 ⁇ m ⁇ 100 ⁇ m, less than 1 ⁇ m ⁇ 10 ⁇ m, or less than 0.1 ⁇ m ⁇ 1 ⁇ m.
  • FIG. 1 is an illustration of a first elastomeric layer formed on top of a micromachined mold.
  • FIG. 2 is an illustration of a second elastomeric layer formed on top of a micromachined mold.
  • FIG. 3 is an illustration of the elastomeric layer of FIG. 2 removed from the micromachined mold and positioned over the top of the elastomeric layer of FIG. 1
  • FIG. 4 is an illustration corresponding to FIG. 3 , but showing the second elastomeric layer positioned on top of the first elastomeric layer.
  • FIG. 5 is an illustration corresponding to FIG. 4 , but showing the first and second elastomeric layers bonded together.
  • FIG. 6 is an illustration corresponding to FIG. 5 , but showing the first micromachine mold removed and a planar substrate positioned in its place.
  • FIG. 7A is an illustration corresponding to FIG. 6 , but showing the elastomeric structure sealed onto the planar substrate.
  • FIG. 7B is a front sectional view corresponding to FIG. 7A , showing an open flow channel.
  • FIG. 7C corresponds to FIG. 7A , but shows a first flow channel closed by pressurization in second flow channel.
  • FIG. 8 is an illustration of a first elastomeric layer deposited on a planar substrate.
  • FIG. 9 is an illustration showing a first sacrificial layer deposited on top of the first elastomeric layer of FIG. 8 .
  • FIG. 10 is an illustration showing the system of FIG. 9 , but with a portion of the first sacrificial layer removed, leaving only a first line of sacrificial layer.
  • FIG. 11 is an illustration showing a second elastomeric layer applied on top of the first elastomeric layer over the first line of sacrificial layer of FIG. 10 , thereby encasing the sacrificial layer between the first and second elastomeric layers.
  • FIG. 12 corresponds to FIG. 1 , but shows the integrated monolithic structure produced after the first and second elastomer layers have been bonded together.
  • FIG. 13 is an illustration showing a second sacrificial layer deposited on top of the integral elastomeric structure of FIG. 12 .
  • FIG. 14 is an illustration showing the system of FIG. 13 , but with a portion of the second sacrificial layer removed, leaving only a second line of sacrificial layer.
  • FIG. 15 is an illustration showing a third elastomer layer applied on top of the second elastomeric layer and over the second line of sacrificial layer of FIG. 14 , thereby encapsulating the second line of sacrificial layer between the elastomeric structure of FIG. 12 and the third elastomeric layer.
  • FIG. 16 corresponds to FIG. 15 , but shows the third elastomeric layer cured so as to be bonded to the monolithic structure composed of the previously bonded first and second elastomer layers.
  • FIG. 17 corresponds to FIG. 16 , but shows the first and second lines of sacrificial layer removed so as to provide two perpendicular overlapping, but not intersecting, flow channels passing through the integrated elastomeric structure.
  • FIG. 18 is an illustration showing the system of FIG. 17 , but with the planar substrate thereunder removed.
  • FIG. 19 illustrates valve opening vs. applied pressure for various flow channels.
  • FIG. 20 illustrates time response of a 100 ⁇ m ⁇ 100 ⁇ m ⁇ 10 ⁇ m RTV microvalve.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic illustration of a multiplexed system adapted to permit flow through various channels.
  • FIG. 22A is a plan view of a flow layer of an addressable reaction chamber structure.
  • FIG. 22B is a bottom plan view of a control channel layer of an addressable reaction chamber structure.
  • FIG. 22C is an exploded perspective view of the addressable reaction chamber structure formed by bonding the control channel layer of FIG. 22B to the top of the flow layer of FIG. 22A .
  • FIG. 22D is a sectional elevation view corresponding to FIG. 22C , taken along line 28 D- 28 D in FIG. 22C .
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic of a system adapted to selectively direct fluid flow into any of an array of reaction wells.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic of a system adapted for selectable lateral flow between parallel flow channels.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic of an integrated system for analyzing polynucleotide sequences.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic of a further integrated system for analyzing polynucleotide sequences.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of a sequencing apparatus.
  • the present invention provides methods and apparatuses for analyzing polynucleotide sequences.
  • the sequencing apparatuses comprise a microfabricated flow channel to which polynucleotide templates are attached.
  • the apparatuses comprise a plurality of microfabricated channels, and diverse polynucleotide templates can be attached to each channel.
  • the apparatuses can also have a plurality of reservoirs for storing various reaction reagents, and pumps and valves for controlling flow of the reagents.
  • the flow cell can also have a window to allow optical interrogation.
  • single stranded polynucleotide templates with primers are immobilized to the surface of the microfabricated channel or to the surface of reaction chambers that are disposed along a microfabricated flow channel, e.g., with streptavidin-biotin links.
  • a polymerase and one of the four nucleotide triphosphates are flowed into the flow cell, incubated with the template, and flowed out. If no signal is detected, the process is repeated with a different type of nucleotide.
  • microfabricated sequencing apparatuses reduces reagent consumption. It also increases reagent exchange rate and the speed of sequence analysis.
  • the microfabricated apparatuses provides parallelization: many synthesis channels can be built on the same substrate. This allows analysis of a plurality of diverse polynucleotide sequences simultaneously. Further, due to the reduction of time and dead volume for exchanging reagents between different steps during the analysis, mismatch incorporation is greatly reduced. Moreover, the read length is also improved because there is less time for the polymerase to incorporate a wrong nucleotide and it is less likely that the polymerase falls off the template. All these advantages result in high speed and high throughput sequence analysis regimes.
  • the surface of a substrate is pretreated to create optimal surface chemistry that facilitates polynucleotide template attachment and subsequent sequence analysis.
  • the substrate surface is coated with a polyelectrolyte multilayer (PEM).
  • PEM polyelectrolyte multilayer
  • biotin can be applied to the PEM, and followed by application of streptavidin.
  • streptavidin The substrate surface can then be used to attach biotinylated-templates.
  • the PEM-coated substrate provides substantial advantages for immobilizing the template polynucleotides and for polymerase extension reaction. First, because PEM can easily be terminated with polymers bearing carboxylic acids, it is easy to attach polynucleotides. Second, the attached template is active for extension by polymerases—most probably, the repulsion of like charges prevents the template from “laying down” on the surface. Finally, the negative charge repels nucleotides, and nonspecific binding is low.
  • the extension reaction only a small percentage of each type of nucleotides present in the extension reaction is labeled, e.g., with fluorescent dye.
  • fluorescent dye e.g., fluorescent dye
  • relatively small numbers of incorporated nucleotides are fluorescently labeled, interference of energy transfer is minimized, and the polymerase is less likely to fall off the template or be “choked” by incorporation of two labeled nucleotides sequentially.
  • the incorporated fluorescent signals are extinguished by photobleaching. Employment of photobleaching strategy can reduce the number of steps (e.g., it may not be necessary to perform the removal of label after every extension cycle).
  • nucleic acid or “nucleic acid molecule” refer to a deoxyribonucleotide or ribonucleotide polymer in either single- or double-stranded form, and unless otherwise limited, can encompass known analogs of natural nucleotides that can function in a similar manner as naturally occurring nucleotides.
  • Nucleoside includes natural nucleosides, including ribonucleosides and 2′-deoxyribonucleosides, as well as nucleoside analogs having modified bases or sugar backbones.
  • a “base” or “base-type” refers to a particular type of nucleosidic base, such as adenine, cytosine, guanine, thymine, uracil, 5-methylcytosine, 5-bromouracil, 2-aminopurine, deoxyinosine, N.sup.4-methoxydeoxycytosine, and the like.
  • Oligonucleotide or “polynucleotide” refers to a molecule comprised of a plurality of deoxyribonucleotides or nucleoside subunits.
  • the linkage between the nucleoside subunits can be provided by phosphates, phosphonates, phosphoramidates, phosphorothioates, or the like, or by nonphosphate groups as are known in the art, such as peptoid-type linkages utilized in peptide nucleic acids (PNAs).
  • PNAs peptide nucleic acids
  • the linking groups can be chiral or achiral.
  • oligonucleotides or polynucleotides can range in length from 2 nucleoside subunits to hundreds or thousands of nucleoside subunits. While oligonucleotides are preferably 5 to 100 subunits in length, and more preferably, 5 to 60 subunits in length, the length of polynucleotides can be much greater (e.g., up to 100 kb).
  • Specific hybridization refers to the binding, duplexing, or hybridizing of a molecule only to a particular nucleotide sequence under stringent conditions.
  • Stringent conditions are conditions under which a probe can hybridize to its target subsequence, but to no other sequences.
  • Stringent conditions are sequence-dependent and are different in different circumstances. Longer sequences hybridize specifically at higher temperatures.
  • stringent conditions are selected to be about 5° C. lower than the thermal melting point (T.sub.m) for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH.
  • the T.sub.m is the temperature (under defined ionic strength, pH, and nucleic acid concentration) at which 50% of the probes complementary to the target sequence hybridize to the target sequence at equilibrium.
  • stringent conditions include a salt concentration of at least about 0.01 to 1.0 M Na ion concentration (or other salts) at pH 7.0 to 8.3 and the temperature is at least about 30° C. for short probes (e.g., 10 to 50 nucleotides).
  • Stringent conditions can also be achieved with the addition of destabilizing agents such as formamide or tetraalkyl ammonium salts.
  • destabilizing agents such as formamide or tetraalkyl ammonium salts.
  • 5 ⁇ SSPE 750 mM NaCl, 50 mM Na Phosphate, 5 mM EDTA, pH 7.4
  • a temperature of 25-30° C. are suitable for allele-specific probe hybridizations. (See Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning 1989).
  • analysis of polynucleotide sequence of a template is meant determining a sequence of at least 3 contiguous base subunits in a sample fragment, or alternatively, where sequence information is available for a single base-type, the relative positions of at least 3 subunits of identical base-types occurring in sequential order in the fragment.
  • An example of the latter meaning is a determined sequence “AXXAXA” (5′>3′), where a series of 3 adenine (A) bases are found to be separated by two and then one other base-type in the sample fragment.
  • primer refers to an oligonucleotide, whether occurring naturally as in a purified restriction digest or produced synthetically, which is capable of acting as a point of initiation of synthesis when placed under conditions in which synthesis of a primer extension product which is complementary to a nucleic acid strand is induced, (i.e., in the presence of nucleotides and an inducing agent such as DNA polymerase and at a suitable temperature and pH).
  • the primer is preferably single stranded for maximum efficiency in amplification, but can alternatively be double stranded. If double stranded, the primer is first treated to separate its strands before being used to prepare extension products.
  • the primer is an oligodeoxyribonucleotide.
  • the primer must be sufficiently long to prime the synthesis of extension products in the presence of the inducing agent. The exact lengths of the primers depend on many factors, including temperature, source of primer and the use of the method.
  • a primer is selected to be “substantially” complementary to a strand of specific sequence of the template.
  • a primer must be sufficiently complementary to hybridize with a template strand for primer elongation to occur.
  • a primer sequence need not reflect the exact sequence of the template.
  • a non-complementary nucleotide fragment can be attached to the 5′ end of the primer, with the remainder of the primer sequence being substantially complementary to the strand.
  • Non-complementary bases or longer sequences can be interspersed into the primer, provided that the primer sequence has sufficient complementarity with the sequence of the template to hybridize and thereby form a template primer complex for synthesis of the extension product of the primer.
  • probe refers to an oligonucleotide (i.e., a sequence of nucleotides), whether occurring naturally as in a purified restriction digest or produced synthetically, recombinantly or by PCR amplification, which is capable of hybridizing to another oligonucleotide of interest.
  • a probe can be single-stranded or double-stranded. Probes are useful in the detection, identification and isolation of particular gene sequences.
  • any probe used in the present invention can be labeled with any “reporter molecule,” so that is detectable in any detection system, including, but not limited to fluorescent, enzyme (e.g., ELISA, as well as enzyme-based histochemical assays), radioactive, quantum dots, and luminescent systems. It is not intended that the present invention be limited to any particular detection system or label.
  • template refers to nucleic acid that is to acted upon, such as nucleic acid that is to be mixed with polymerase. In some cases “template” is sought to be sorted out from other nucleic acid sequences. “Substantially single-stranded template” is nucleic acid that is either completely single-stranded (having no double-stranded areas) or single-stranded except for a proportionately small area of double-stranded nucleic acid (such as the area defined by a hybridized primer or the area defined by intramolecular bonding).
  • “Substantially double-stranded template” is nucleic acid that is either completely double-stranded (having no single-stranded region) or double-stranded except for a proportionately small area of single-stranded nucleic acid.
  • the apparatuses comprise microfabricated channels to which polynucleotide templates to be sequenced are attached.
  • the apparatuses comprise plumbing components (e.g., pumps, valves, and connecting channels) for flowing reaction reagents.
  • the apparatuses can also comprise an array of reservoirs for storing reaction reagents (e.g., the polymerase, each type of nucleotides, and other reagents can each be stored in a different reservoir).
  • microfabricated components of the apparatuses all have a basic “flow channel” structure.
  • flow channel or “microfabricated flow channel” refers to recess in a structure which can contain a flow of fluid or gas.
  • the polynucleotide templates are attached to the interior surface of microfabricated channels in which synthesis occurs.
  • synthesis channel when referring to such specific use.
  • the microfabricated flow channels can also be actuated to function as the plumbing components (e.g., micro-pumps, micro-valves, or connecting channels) of the apparatuses.
  • microfabricated flow channels are cast on a chip (e.g., a elastomeric chip).
  • Synthesis channels are formed by bonding the chip to a flat substrate (e.g., a glass cover slip) which seals the channel.
  • a flat substrate e.g., a glass cover slip
  • the polynucleotide templates are attached to the interior surface of the substrate within the synthesis channel.
  • the plumbing components can be microfabricated as described in the present invention.
  • the apparatuses can contain in an integrated system a flow cell in which a plurality of synthesis channels are present, and fluidic components (such as micro-pumps, micro-valves, and connecting channels) for controlling the flow of the reagents into and out of the flow cell.
  • fluidic components such as micro-pumps, micro-valves, and connecting channels
  • the sequencing apparatuses of the present invention utilize plumbing devices described in, e.g., Zdeblick et al., A Microminiature Electric-to-Fluidic Valve, Proceedings of the 4th International Conference on Solid State Transducers and Actuators, 1987; Shoji et al., Smallest Dead Volume Microvalves for Integrated Chemical Analyzing Systems, Proceedings of Transducers '91, San Francisco, 1991; Vieider et al., A Pneumatically Actuated Micro Valve with a Silicon Rubber Membrane for Integration with Fluid Handling Systems, Proceedings of Transducers '95, Sweden, 1995.
  • microfabricated synthesis channels and/or microfabricated plumbing components significantly reduce the dead volume and decrease the amount of time needed to exchange reagents, which in turn increase the throughput.
  • Microfabrication refers to feature dimensions on the micron level, with at least one dimension of the microfabricated structure being less than 1000 ⁇ m.
  • only the synthesis channels are microfabricated.
  • the valves, pumps, and connecting channels are also microfabricated.
  • microfabrication is applicable to production of all microfabricated components of the sequencing apparatuses (e.g., the synthesis channels in which sequencing reactions occur, and the valves, pumps, and connecting channels for controlling reagents flow to the synthesis channels).
  • the integrated (i.e., monolithic) microstructures are made out of various layers of elastomer bonded together. By bonding these various elastomeric layers together, the recesses extending along the various elastomeric layers form flow channels through the resulting monolithic, integral elastomeric structure.
  • the microfabricated structures e.g., synthesis channels, pumps, valves, and connecting channels
  • the microfabricated structures have widths of about 0.01 to 1000 microns, and a width-to-depth ratios of between 0.1:1 to 100:1.
  • the width is in the range of 10 to 200 microns, a width-to-depth ratio of 3:1 to 15:1.
  • a first micro-machined mold 10 is provided.
  • Micro-machined mold 10 can be fabricated by a number of conventional silicon processing methods, including but not limited to photolithography, ion-milling, and electron beam lithography.
  • the micro-machined mold 10 has a raised line or protrusion 11 extending therealong.
  • a first elastomeric layer 20 is cast on top of mold 10 such that a first recess 21 can be formed in the bottom surface of elastomeric layer 20 , (recess 21 corresponding in dimension to protrusion 11 ), as shown.
  • a second micro-machined mold 12 having a raised protrusion 13 extending therealong is also provided.
  • a second elastomeric layer 22 is cast on top of mold 12 , as shown, such that a recess 23 can be formed in its bottom surface corresponding to the dimensions of protrusion 13 .
  • second elastomeric layer 22 is then removed from mold 12 and placed on top of first elastomeric layer 20 .
  • recess 23 extending along the bottom surface of second elastomeric layer 22 forms a flow channel 32 .
  • the separate first and second elastomeric layers 20 and 22 are then bonded together to form an integrated (i.e.:monolithic) elastomeric structure 24 .
  • elastomeric structure 24 is then removed from mold 10 and positioned on top of a planar substrate 14 .
  • recess 21 forms a flow channel 30 .
  • the present elastomeric structures form a reversible hermetic seal with nearly any smooth planar substrate.
  • An advantage to forming a seal this way is that the elastomeric structures can be peeled up, washed, and re-used.
  • planar substrate 14 is glass.
  • a further advantage of using glass is that glass is transparent, allowing optical interrogation of elastomer channels and reservoirs.
  • the elastomeric structure can be bonded onto a flat elastomer layer by the same method as described above, forming a permanent and high-strength bond. This can prove advantageous when higher back pressures are used.
  • microfabrication involves curing each layer of elastomer “in place” (FIGS. 8 to 18 ).
  • flow and control channels arc defined by first patterning sacrificial layer on the surface of an elastomeric layer (or other substrate, which can include glass) leaving a raised line of sacrificial layer where a channel is desired.
  • a second layer of elastomer is added thereover and a second sacrificial layer is patterned on the second layer of elastomer leaving a raised line of sacrificial layer where a channel is desired.
  • a third layer of elastomer is deposited thereover.
  • the sacrificial layer is removed by dissolving it out of the elastomer with an appropriate solvent, with the voids formed by removal of the sacrificial layer becoming the flow channels passing through the substrate.
  • a planar substrate 40 is provided.
  • a first elastomeric layer 42 is then deposited and cured on top of planar substrate 40 .
  • a first sacrificial layer 44 A is then deposited over the top of elastomeric layer 42 .
  • a portion of sacrificial layer 44 A is removed such that only a first line of sacrificial layer 44 B remains as shown.
  • a second elastomeric layer 46 is then deposited over the top of first elastomeric layer 42 and over the first line of sacrificial layer 44 B as shown, thereby encasing first line of sacrificial layer 44 B between first elastomeric layer 42 and second elastomeric layer 46 .
  • elastomeric layers 46 is then cured on layer 42 to bond the layers together to form a monolithic elastomeric substrate 45 .
  • a second sacrificial layer 48 A is then deposited over elastomeric structure 45 .
  • a portion of second sacrificial layer 48 A is removed, leaving only a second sacrificial layer 48 B on top of elastomeric structure 45 as shown.
  • a third elastomeric layer 50 is then deposited over the top of elastomeric structure 45 (comprised of second elastomeric layer 42 and first line of sacrificial layer 44 B) and second sacrificial layer 48 B as shown, thereby encasing the second line of sacrificial layer 48 B between elastomeric structure 45 and third elastomeric layer 50 .
  • third elastomeric layer 50 and elastomeric structure 45 (comprising first elastomeric layer 42 and second elastomeric layer 46 bonded together) is then bonded together forming a monolithic elastomeric structure 47 having sacrificial layers 44 B and 48 B passing therethrough as shown.
  • sacrificial layers 44 B and 48 B are then removed (for example, by an solvent) such that a first flow channel 60 and a second flow channel 62 are provided in their place, passing through elastomeric structure 47 as shown.
  • planar substrate 40 can be removed from the bottom of the integrated monolithic structure.
  • Soft lithographic bonding can be used to construct an integrated system which contains multiple flow channels.
  • a heterogenous bonding can be used in which different layers are of different chemistries.
  • the bonding process used to bind respective elastomeric layers together can comprise bonding together two layers of RTV 615 silicone.
  • RTV 615 silicone is a two-part addition-cure silicone rubber. Part A contains vinyl groups and catalyst; part B contains silicon hydride (Si—H) groups. The conventional ratio for RTV 615 is 10A:1B.
  • one layer can be made with 30A:1B (i.e. excess vinyl groups) and the other with 3A:1B (i.e. excess Si—H groups). Each layer is cured separately. When the two layers are brought into contact and heated at elevated temperature, they bond irreversibly forming a monolithic elastomeric substrate.
  • a homogenous bonding can also be used in which all layers are of the same chemistry.
  • elastomeric structures are formed utilizing Sylgard 182, 184 or 186, or aliphatic urethane diacrylates such as (but not limited to) Ebecryl 270 or Irr 245 from UCB Chemical.
  • two-layer elastomeric structures were fabricated from pure acrylated Urethane Ebe 270.
  • a thin bottom layer was spin coated at 8000 rpm for 15 seconds at 170° C.
  • the top and bottom layers were initially cured under ultraviolet light for 10 minutes under nitrogen utilizing a Model ELC 500 device manufactured by Electrolite corporation.
  • the assembled layers were then cured for an additional 30 minutes. Reaction was catalyzed by a 0.5% vol/vol mixture of Irgacure 500 manufactured by Ciba-Geigy Chemicals.
  • the resulting elastomeric material exhibited moderate elasticity and adhesion to glass.
  • two-layer elastomeric structures were fabricated from a combination of 25% Ebe 270/50% Irr 245/25% isopropyl alcohol for a thin bottom layer, and pure acrylated Urethane Ebe 270 as a top layer.
  • the thin bottom layer was initially cured for 5 min, and the top layer initially cured for 10 minutes, under ultraviolet light under nitrogen utilizing a Model ELC 500 device manufactured by Electrolite corporation.
  • the assembled layers were then cured for an additional 30 minutes. Reaction was catalyzed by a 0.5% vol/vol mixture of Irgacure 500 manufactured by Ciba-Geigy Chemicals.
  • the resulting elastomeric material exhibited moderate elasticity and adhered to glass.
  • bonding of successive elastomeric layers can be accomplished by pouring uncured elastomer over a previously cured elastomeric layer and any sacrificial material patterned thereupon. Bonding between elastomer layers occurs due to interpenetration and reaction of the polymer chains of an uncured elastomer layer with the polymer chains of a cured elastomer layer. Subsequent curing of the elastomeric layer creates a bond between the elastomeric layers and create a monolithic elastomeric structure.
  • first elastomeric layer 20 can be created by spin-coating an RTV mixture on microfabricated mold 12 at 2000 rpm's for 30 seconds yielding a thickness of approximately 40 microns.
  • Second elastomeric layer 22 can be created by spin-coating an RTV mixture on microfabricated mold 11 . Both layers 20 and 22 can be separately baked or cured at about 80° C. for 1.5 hours. The second elastomeric layer 22 can be bonded onto first elastomeric layer 20 at about 80° C. for about 1.5 hours.
  • Micromachined molds 10 and 12 can be patterned sacrificial layer on silicon wafers.
  • a Shipley SJR 5740 sacrificial layer was spun at 2000 rpm patterned with a high resolution transparency film as a mask and then developed yielding an inverse channel of approximately 10 microns in height. When baked at approximately 200° C. for about 30 minutes, the sacrificial layer reflows and the inverse channels become rounded.
  • the molds can be treated with trimethylchlorosilane (TMCS) vapor for about a minute before each use in order to prevent adhesion of silicone rubber.
  • TMCS trimethylchlorosilane
  • elastomers in general as polymers existing at a temperature between their glass transition temperature and liquefaction temperature.
  • Elastomeric materials exhibit elastic properties because the polymer chains readily undergo torsional motion to permit uncoiling of the backbone chains in response to a force, with the backbone chains recoiling to assume the prior shape in the absence of the force.
  • elastomers deform when force is applied, but then return to their original shape when the force is removed.
  • the elasticity exhibited by elastomeric materials can be characterized by a Young's modulus.
  • Elastomeric materials having a Young's modulus of between about 1 Pa-1 TPa, more preferably between about 10 Pa-100 GPa, more preferably between about 20 Pa-1 GPa, more preferably between about 50 Pa-10 MPa, and more preferably between about 100 Pa-1 MPa are useful in accordance with the present invention, although elastomeric materials having a Young's modulus outside of these ranges could also be utilized depending upon the needs of a particular application.
  • elastomeric layers 20 , 22 , 42 , 46 and 50 can preferably be fabricated from silicone rubber.
  • microstructures of the present systems are fabricated from an elastomeric polymer such as GE RTV 615 (formulation), a vinyl-silane crosslinked (type) silicone elastomer (family).
  • An important requirement for the preferred method of fabrication is the ability to bond multiple layers of elastomers together.
  • layers of elastomer are cured separately and then bonded together. This scheme requires that cured layers possess sufficient reactivity to bond together. Either the layers can be of the same type, and are capable of bonding to themselves, or they can be of two different types, and are capable of bonding to each other.
  • Other possibilities include the use an adhesive between layers and the use of thermoset elastomers.
  • Common elastomeric polymers include, but are not limited to, polyisoprene, polybutadiene, polychloroprene, polyisobutylene, poly(styrene-butadiene-styrene), the polyurethanes, and silicones.
  • elastomeric materials which can be utilized in connection with the present invention: polyisoprene, polybutadiene, polychloroprene, polyisobutylene, poly(styrene-butadiene-styrene), the polyurethanes, and silicone polymers; or poly(bis(fluoroalkoxy)phosphazene) (PNF, Eypel-F), poly(carborane-siloxanes) (Dexsil), poly(acrylonitrile-butadiene) (nitrile rubber), poly(1-butene), poly(chlorotrifluoroethylene-vinylidene fluoride) copolymers (Kel-F), poly(ethyl vinyl ether), poly(vinylidene fluoride), poly(vinylidene fluoride-hexafluoropropylene) copolymer (Viton), elastomeric compositions of polyvinylchlor
  • polymers incorporating materials such as chlorosilanes or methyl-, ethyl-, and phenylsilanes, and polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) such as Dow Chemical Corp. Sylgard 182, 184 or 186, or aliphatic urethane diacrylates such as (but not limited to) Ebecryl 270 or Irr 245 from UCB Chemical can also be used.
  • PDMS polydimethylsiloxane
  • elastomers can also be “doped” with uncrosslinkable polymer chains of the same class.
  • RTV 615 can be diluted with GE SF96-50 Silicone Fluid. This serves to reduce the viscosity of the uncured elastomer and reduces the Young's modulus of the cured elastomer.
  • the crosslink-capable polymer chains are spread further apart by the addition of “inert” polymer chains, so this is called “dilution”.
  • RTV 615 cures at up to 90% dilution, with a dramatic reduction in Young's modulus.
  • doping of elastomer material can include the introduction of electrically conducting or magnetic species.
  • doping with fine particles of material having an index of retraction different than the elastomeric material is also contemplated as a system for altering the refractive index of the material. Strongly absorbing or opaque particles can be added to render the elastomer colored or opaque to incident radiation. This can conceivably be beneficial in an optically addressable system.
  • Some flow channels ( 30 , 32 , 60 and 62 ) preferably have width-to-depth ratios of about 10:1.
  • a non-exclusive list of other ranges of width-to-depth ratios in accordance with the present invention is 0.1:1 to 100:1, more preferably 1:1 to 50:1, more preferably 2:1 to 20:1, and most preferably 3:1 to 15:1.
  • flow channels 30 , 32 , 60 and 62 have widths of about 1 to 1000 microns.
  • a non-exclusive list of other ranges of widths of flow channels in accordance with the present invention is 0.01 to 1000 microns, more preferably 0.05 to 1000 microns, more preferably 0.2 to 500 microns, more preferably 1 to 250 microns, and most preferably 10 to 200 microns.
  • Exemplary channel widths include 0.1 ⁇ m, 1 ⁇ m, 2 ⁇ m, 5 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 20 ⁇ m, 30 ⁇ m, 40 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 60 ⁇ m, 70 ⁇ m, 80 ⁇ m, 90 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 110 ⁇ m, 120 ⁇ m, 130 ⁇ m, 140 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m, 160 ⁇ m, 170 ⁇ m, 180 ⁇ m, 190 ⁇ m, 200 ⁇ m, 210 ⁇ m, 220 ⁇ m, 230 ⁇ m, 240 ⁇ m, and 250 ⁇ m.
  • Flow channels 30 , 32 , 60 , and 62 have depths of about 1 to 100 microns.
  • a non-exclusive list of other ranges of depths of flow channels in accordance with the present invention is 0.01 to 1000 microns, more preferably 0.05 to 500 microns, more preferably 0.2 to 250 microns, and more preferably 1 to 100 microns, more preferably 2 to 20 microns, and most preferably 5 to 10 microns.
  • Exemplary channel depths include including 0.01 ⁇ m, 0.02 ⁇ m, 0.05 ⁇ m, 0.1 ⁇ m, 0.2 ⁇ m, 0.5 ⁇ m, 1 ⁇ m, 2 ⁇ m, 3 ⁇ m, 4 ⁇ m, 5 ⁇ m, 7.5 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 12.5 ⁇ m, 15 ⁇ m, 17.5 ⁇ m, 20 ⁇ m, 22.5 ⁇ m, 25 ⁇ m, 30 ⁇ m, 40 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 75 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m, 200 ⁇ m, and 250 ⁇ m.
  • the flow channels are not limited to these specific dimension ranges and examples given above, and can vary in width in order to affect the magnitude of force required to deflect the membrane as discussed at length below in conjunction with FIG. 21 .
  • extremely narrow flow channels having a width on the order of 0.01 ⁇ m can be useful in optical and other applications, as discussed in detail below.
  • Elastomeric structures which include portions having channels of even greater width than described above are also contemplated by the present invention, and examples of applications of utilizing such wider flow channels include fluid reservoir and mixing channel structures.
  • Elastomeric layer 22 can be cast thick for mechanical stability.
  • layer 22 is 50 microns to several centimeters thick, and more preferably approximately 4 mm thick.
  • a nonexclusive list of ranges of thickness of the elastomer layer in accordance with other embodiments of the present invention is between about 0.1 micron to 10 cm, 1 micron to 5 cm, 10 microns to 2 cm, 100 microns to 10 mm.
  • membrane 25 of FIG. 7B separating flow channels 30 and 32 has a typical thickness of between about 0.01 and 1000 microns, more preferably 0.05 to 500 microns, more preferably 0.2 to 250, more preferably 1 to 100 microns, more preferably 2 to 50 microns, and most preferably 5 to 40 microns.
  • the thickness of elastomeric layer 22 is about 100 times the thickness of elastomeric layer 20 .
  • Exemplary membrane thicknesses include 0.01 ⁇ m, 0.02 ⁇ m, 0.03 ⁇ m, 0.05 ⁇ m, 0.1 ⁇ m, 0.2 ⁇ m, 0.3 ⁇ m, 0.5 ⁇ m, 1 ⁇ m, 2 ⁇ m, 3 ⁇ m, 5 ⁇ m, 7.5 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 12.5 ⁇ m, 15 ⁇ m, 17.5 m, 20 ⁇ m, 22.5 ⁇ m, 25 ⁇ m, 30 ⁇ m, 40 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 75 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m, 200 ⁇ m, 250 ⁇ m, 300 ⁇ m, 400 ⁇ m, 500 ⁇ m, 750 ⁇ m, and 1000 ⁇ m.
  • first elastomeric layer 42 can have a preferred thickness about equal to that of elastomeric layer 20 or 22 ; second elastomeric layer 46 can have a preferred thickness about equal to that of elastomeric layer 20 ; and third elastomeric layer 50 can have a preferred thickness about equal to that of elastomeric layer 22 .
  • FIGS. 7B and 7C together show the closing of a first flow channel by pressurizing a second flow channel, with FIG. 7B (a front sectional view cutting through flow channel 32 in corresponding FIG. 7A ), showing an open first flow channel 30 ; with FIG. 7C showing first flow channel 30 closed by pressurization of the second flow channel 32 .
  • FIG. 7B first flow channel 30 and second flow channel 32 are shown.
  • Membrane separates the flow channels, forming the top of first flow channel 30 and the bottom of second flow channel 32 . As can be seen, flow channel 30 is “open”.
  • pressurization of flow channel 32 causes membrane 25 to deflect downward, thereby pinching off flow F passing through flow channel 30 .
  • a linearly actuable valving system is provided such that flow channel 30 can be opened or closed by moving membrane 25 as desired.
  • valves and switching valves are contemplated in the present invention, and a non-exclusive list of ranges of dead volume includes 1 aL to 1 uL, 100 aL to 100 nL, 1 fL to 10 nL, 100 fL to 1 nL, and 1 pL to 100 pL
  • the extremely small volumes capable of being delivered by pumps and valves in accordance with the present invention represent a substantial advantage. Specifically, the smallest known volumes of fluid capable of being manually metered is around 0.1 ⁇ l. The smallest known volumes capable of being metered by automated systems is about ten-times larger (1 ⁇ l). Utilizing pumps and valves of the present invention, volumes of liquid of 10 nl or smaller can routinely be metered and dispensed. The accurate metering of extremely small volumes of fluid enabled by the present invention would be extremely valuable in a large number of biological applications, including diagnostic tests and assays.
  • FIGS. 21 a and 21 b illustrate valve opening vs. applied pressure for a 100 ⁇ m wide first flow channel 30 and a 50 ⁇ m wide second flow channel 32 .
  • the membrane of this device was formed by a layer of General Electric Silicones RTV 615 having a thickness of approximately 30 .mu.m and a Young's modulus of approximately 750 kPa.
  • FIGS. 21 a and 21 b show the extent of opening of the valve to be substantially linear over most of the range of applied pressures.
  • Air pressure was applied to actuate the membrane of the device through a 10 cm long piece of plastic tubing having an outer diameter of 0.025′′ connected to a 25 mm piece of stainless steel hypodermic tubing with an outer diameter of 0.025′′ and an inner diameter of 0.013′′. This tubing was placed into contact with the control channel by insertion into the elastomeric block in a direction normal to the control channel. Air pressure was applied to the hypodermic tubing from an external LHDA miniature solenoid valve manufactured by Lee Co.
  • valves of the present invention is almost perfectly linear over a large portion of its range of travel, with minimal hysteresis. While valves and pumps do not require linear actuation to open and close, linear response does allow valves to more easily be used as metering devices.
  • the opening of the valve is used to control flow rate by being partially actuated to a known degree of closure.
  • Linear valve actuation makes it easier to determine the amount of actuation force required to close the valve to a desired degree of closure.
  • Another benefit of linear actuation is that the force required for valve actuation can be easily determined from the pressure in the flow channel. If actuation is linear, increased pressure in the flow channel can be countered by adding the same pressure (force per unit area) to the actuated portion of the valve.
  • FIG. 25 An exemplary sequencing system is illustrated in FIG. 25 .
  • Four reservoirs 150 A, 150 B, 150 C and 150 D have labeled nucleotides A, C, T and G respectively disposed therein.
  • Four flow channels 30 A, 30 B, 30 C and 30 D are connected to reservoirs 150 A, 150 B, 150 C and 150 D.
  • Four control lines 32 A, 32 B, 32 C and 32 D (shown in phantom) are disposed thereacross with control line 32 A permitting flow only through flow channel 30 A (i.e.:sealing flow channels 30 B, 30 C and 30 D), when control line 32 A is pressurized.
  • control line 32 B permits flow only through flow channel 30 B when pressurized.
  • control lines 32 A, 32 B, 32 C and 32 D sequentially selects a desired nucleotide (A, C, T or G) from a desired reservoir ( 150 A, 150 B, 150 C or 150 D).
  • the fluid then passes through flow channel 120 into a multiplexed channel flow controller 125 , which in turn directs fluid flow into one or more of a plurality of synthesis channels or reaction chambers 122 A, 122 B, 122 C, 122 D or 122 E in which solid phase synthesis can be carried out.
  • FIG. 26 illustrates a further extension of the system shown in FIG. 25 . It has a plurality of reservoirs R 1 to R 13 . These reservoirs can contain the labeled nucleotides, nucleotide polymerase, or reagents for coating the surface of the synthesis channel and attaching polynucleotide templates (see below for further discussion).
  • the reservoirs are connected to systems 200 as set forth in FIG. 25 .
  • Systems 200 are connected to a multiplexed channel flow controller 125 , which is in turn connected to a plurality of synthesis channels or reaction chambers.
  • An advantage of this system is that both of multiplexed channel flow controllers 125 and fluid selection systems 200 can be controlled by the same pressure inputs 170 and 172 , provided a “ close horizontal” and a “ close vertical” control lines ( 160 and 162 , in phantom) are also provided.
  • Some apparatuses comprise a plurality of selectively addressable reaction chambers that are disposed along a flow channel.
  • the polynucleotide templates can be attached to the surface of the reaction chambers instead of the surface of flow channels.
  • An exemplary embodiment of such apparatuses is illustrated in FIGS. 22A, 22B , 22 C and 22 D. It is a system for selectively directing fluid flow into one or more of a plurality of reaction chambers disposed along a flow channel.
  • FIG. 22A shows a top view of a flow channel 30 having a plurality of reaction chambers 80 A and 80 B disposed therealong.
  • flow channel 30 and reaction chambers 80 A and 80 B are formed together as recesses into the bottom surface of a first layer 100 of elastomer.
  • FIG. 22B shows a bottom plan view of another elastomeric layer 110 with two control lines 32 A and 32 B each being generally narrow, but having wide extending portions 33 A and 33 B formed as recesses therein.
  • elastomeric layer 110 is placed over elastomeric layer 100 .
  • Layers 100 and 110 are then bonded together, and the integrated system operates to selectively direct fluid flow F (through flow channel 30 ) into either or both of reaction chambers 80 A and 80 B, as follows.
  • Pressurization of control line 32 A will cause the membrane 25 (i.e.: the thin portion of elastomer layer 100 located below extending portion 33 A and over regions 82 A of reaction chamber 80 A) to become depressed, thereby shutting off fluid flow passage in regions 82 A, effectively sealing reaction chamber 80 from flow channel 30 .
  • extending portion 33 A is wider than the remainder of control line 32 A. As such, pressurization of control line 32 A will not result in control line 32 A sealing flow channel 30 .
  • control lines 32 A and 32 B can be actuated at once.
  • sample flow in flow channel 30 will enter neither of reaction chambers 80 A or 80 B.
  • FIG. 22 The concept of selectably controlling fluid introduction into various addressable reaction chambers disposed along a flow line ( FIG. 22 ) can be combined with concept of selectably controlling fluid flow through one or more of a plurality of parallel flow lines ( FIG. 21 ) to yield a system in which a fluid sample or samples can be sent to any particular reaction chamber in an array of reaction chambers.
  • FIG. 23 An example of such a system is provided in FIG. 23 , in which parallel control channels 32 A, 32 B and 32 C with extending portions 34 (all shown in phantom) selectively direct fluid flows F 1 and F 2 into any of the array of reaction wells 80 A, 80 B, 80 C or 80 D as explained above; while pressurization of control lines 32 C and 32 D selectively shuts off flows F 2 and F 1 , respectively.
  • control lines 32 A or 32 D can be depressurized such that fluid flow through lateral passageways 35 (between parallel flow-channels 30 A and 30 B) is permitted.
  • pressurization of control lines 32 C and 32 D would shut flow channel 30 A between 35 A and 35 B, and would also shut lateral passageways 35 B.
  • flow entering as flow F 1 would sequentially travel through 30 A, 35 A and leave 30 B as flow F 4 .
  • the sequencing apparatuses utilize microfluidics based on conventional micro-electro-mechanical system (MEMS) technology.
  • MEMS micro-electro-mechanical system
  • Methods of producing conventional MEMS microfluidic systems such as bulk micro-machining and surface micro-machining have been described, e.g., in Terry et al., A Gas Chromatographic Air Analyzer Fabricated on a Silicon Wafer, IEEE Trans. on Electron Devices, v. ED-26, pp. 1880-1886, 1979; and Berg et al., Micro Total Analysis Systems, New York, Kluwer, 1994.
  • Bulk micro-machining is a subtractive fabrication method whereby single crystal silicon is lithographically patterned and then etched to form three-dimensional structures.
  • bulk micromachining technology which includes the use of glass wafer processing, silicon-to-glass wafer bonding, has been commonly used to fabricate individual microfluidic components. This glass-bonding technology has also been used to fabricate microfluidic systems.
  • Surface micro-machining is an additive method where layers of semiconductor-type materials such as polysilicon, silicon nitride, silicon dioxide, and various metals are sequentially added and patterned to make three-dimensional structures.
  • Surface micromachining technology can be used to fabricate individual fluidic components as well as microfluidic systems with on-chip electronics.
  • hermetic channels can be built in a relatively simple manner using channel walls made of polysilicon (see, e.g., Webster et al., Monolithic Capillary Gel Electrophoresis Stage with On-Chip Detector, in International Conference on Micro Electromechanical Systems, MEMS 96, pp.
  • silicon dioxide see, e.g., Mastrangelo et al., Vacuum-Sealed Silicon Micromachined Incandescent Light Source, in Intl. Electron Devices Meeting, IDEM 89, pp. 503-506, 1989
  • silicon dioxide see, e.g., Mastrangelo et al., Vacuum-Sealed Silicon Micromachined Incandescent Light Source, in Intl. Electron Devices Meeting, IDEM 89, pp. 503-506, 1989
  • electrokinetic flow based microfluidics can be employed in the sequencing apparatuses of the present invention. Briefly, these systems direct reagents flow within an interconnected channel and/or chamber containing structure through the application of electrical fields to the reagents.
  • the electrokinetic systems concomitantly regulate voltage gradients applied across at least two intersecting channels. Such systems are described, e.g., in WO 96/04547 and U.S. Pat. No. 6,107,044.
  • An exemplary electrokinetic flow based microfluidic device can have a body structure which includes at least two intersecting channels or fluid conduits, e.g., interconnected, enclosed chambers, which channels include at least three unintersected termini.
  • the intersection of two channels refers to a point at which two or more channels are in fluid communication with each other, and encompasses “T” intersections, cross intersections, “wagon wheel” intersections of multiple channels, or any other channel geometry where two or more channels are in such fluid communication.
  • An unintersected terminus of a channel is a point at which a channel terminates not as a result of that channel's intersection with another channel, e.g., a “T” intersection.
  • At least three intersecting channels having at least four unintersected termini are present.
  • controlled electrokinetic transport operates to direct reagent flow through the intersection, by providing constraining flows from the other channels at the intersection.
  • Simple electrokinetic flow of this reagent across the intersection could be accomplished by applying a voltage gradient across the length of the horizontal channel, i.e., applying a first voltage to the left terminus of this channel, and a second, lower voltage to the right terminus of this channel, or by allowing the right terminus to float (applying no voltage).
  • the apparatus comprises a microfabricated flow cell with external mini-fluidics.
  • a microfabricated flow cell with external mini-fluidics Such an apparatus is illustrated in FIG. 27 .
  • the glass cover slip can be anodically bonded to the surface of the flow cell.
  • the interrogation region is 100 ⁇ m ⁇ 100 ⁇ m ⁇ 100 ⁇ m, while the input and output channels are 100 ⁇ m ⁇ 100 ⁇ m ⁇ 100 ⁇ m. Holes for the attachment of plumbing are etched at the ends of the channels.
  • the fluidics can be external. Plumbing can be performed with standard HPLC components, e.g., from Upchurch and Hamilton.
  • the polynucleotide template is attached to the surface with standard avidin-biotin chemistry.
  • templates can be attached to the apparatus.
  • the radius of gyration is approximately 0.2 ⁇ m. Therefore, about 10 5 molecules can be attached while preventing the molecules from touching.
  • Reagent switching can be accomplished with, e.g., an Upchurch six port injection valve and driven by, e.g., a Thar Designs motor. Fluid can be pumped with a syringe pump.
  • the detection system can be an external optical microscope, with the objective being in close proximity to the glass cover slip.
  • the polynucleotides to be analyzed are first cloned in single-stranded M13 plasmid (see, e.g., Current Protocols In Molecular Biology, Ausubel, et al., eds., John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1995; and Sambrook, et al., Molecular Cloning. A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Press, 1989).
  • the single stranded plasmid is primed by 5′-biotinylated primers (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,484,701), and double stranded plasmid can then be synthesized.
  • templates of around 100 bp in length are analyzed.
  • templates to be sequenced are about 1 kb in length.
  • templates that can be analyzed have a length of about 3 kb, 10 kb, or 20 kb.
  • Primer annealing is performed under conditions which are stringent enough to achieve sequence specificity yet sufficiently permissive to allow formation of stable hybrids at an acceptable rate.
  • the temperature and length of time required for primer annealing depend upon several factors including the base composition, length and concentration of the primer, and the nature of the solvent used, e.g., the concentration of DMSO, formamide, or glycerol, and counter ions such as magnesium.
  • hybridization with synthetic polynucleotides is carried out at a temperature that is approximately 5 to 10° C. below the melting temperature of the target-primer hybrid in the annealing solvent.
  • the annealing temperature is in the range of 55 to 75° C. and the primer concentration is approximately 0.2 ⁇ M. Under these preferred conditions, the annealing reaction can be complete in only a few seconds.
  • the single stranded polynucleotide templates to be analyzed can be DNA or RNA. They can comprise naturally occurring and or non-naturally occurring nucleotides. Templates suitable for analysis according to the present invention can have various sizes. For example, the template can have a length of 100 bp, 200 bp, 500 bp, 1 kb, 3 kb, 10 kb, or 20 kb.
  • the templates are immobilized to the surface of the synthesis channels (e.g., 122 A- 122 E in FIG. 25 ).
  • the templates can be immobilized to the surface prior to hybridization to the primer.
  • the templates can also be hybridized to the primers first and then immobilize to the surface.
  • the primers are immobilized to the surface, and the templates are attached to the synthesis channels through hybridization to the primers.
  • Various methods can be used to immobilize the templates or the primers to the surface of the synthesis channels or reaction chambers.
  • the immobilization can be achieved through direct or indirect bonding of the templates to the surface.
  • the bonding can be by covalent linkage. See, Joos et al., Analytical Biochemistry 247:96-101, 1997; Oroskar et al., Clin. Chem 42:1547-1555, 1996; and Khandjian, Mole. Bio. Rep. 11:107-115, 1986.
  • the bonding can also be through non-covalent linkage.
  • Biotin-streptavidin (Taylor et al., J. Phys. D. Appl. Phys.
  • the templates are biotinylated, and one surface of the synthesis channels are coated with streptavidin. Since streptavidin is a tetramer, it has four biotin binding sites per molecule. Thus, in order to coat a surface with streptavidin, the surface can be biotinylated first, and then one of the four binding sites of streptavidin can be used to anchor the protein to the surface, leaving the other sites free to bind the biotinylated template (see, Taylor et al., J. Phys. D. Appl. Phys. 24:1443, 1991). Such treatment leads to a high density of streptavidin on the surface of the synthesis channel, allowing a correspondingly high density of template coverage. Reagents for biotinylating a surface can be obtained, for example, from Vector laboratories.
  • the substrate or synthesis channel is pretreated to create surface chemistry that facilitates attachment of the polynucleotide templates and subsequent synthesis reactions.
  • the surface is coated with a polyelectrolyte multilayer (PEM). Attachment of templates to PEM-coated surface can be accomplished by light-directed spatial attachment (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,599,695, 5,831,070, and 5,959,837). Alternatively, the templates can be attached to PEM-coated surface entire chemically (see below for detail). In some methods, non-PEM based surface chemistry can be created prior to template attachment.
  • PEM polyelectrolyte multilayer
  • templates can be each immobilized to and sequenced in a separate synthesis channel, multiple templates can also be sequenced in a single microfluidic synthesis channel. In the latter scenario, the templates are attached at different locations along the flow path of the channel. This can be accomplished by a variety of different methods, including hybridization of primer capture sequences to oligonucleotides immobilized at different points on the substrate, and sequential activation of different points down the channel towards template immobilization.
  • Such a surface can be used as a substrate that is to be bond to a microfluidic chip and form the synthesis channel.
  • Primers with two domains, a priming domain and a capture domain can be used to anchor templates to the substrate.
  • the priming domain is complementary to the target template.
  • the capture domain is present on the non-extended side of the priming sequence. It is not complementary to the target template, but rather to a specific oligonucleotide sequence present on the substrate.
  • the target templates can be separately hybridized with their primers, or (if the priming sequences are different) simultaneously hybridized in the same solution. Incubation of the primer/template duplexes in the flow channel under hybridization conditions allows attachment of each template to a unique spot. Multiple synthesis channels can be charged with templates in this fashion simultaneously.
  • Another method for attaching multiple templates in a single channel is to sequentially activate portions of the substrate and attach template to them.
  • Activation of the substrate can be achieved by either optical or electrical means.
  • Optical illumination can be used to initiate a photochemical deprotection reaction that allows attachment of the template to the surface (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,599,695, 5,831,070, and 5,959,837).
  • the substrate surface can be derivatized with “caged biotin”, a commercially available derivative of biotin that becomes capable of binding to avidin only after being exposed to light.
  • Templates can then be attached by exposure of a site to light, filling th e channel with avidin solution, washing, and then flowing biotinylated template into the channel.
  • Another variation is to prepare avidinylated substrate and a template with a primer with a caged biotin moiety; the template can then be immobilized by flowing into the channel and illumination of the solution above a desired area.
  • Activated template/primer duplexes are then attached to the first wall they diffused to, yielding a diffusion limited spot.
  • Electrical means can also be used to direct template to specific points in the channel.
  • a field gradient can be created which drives the template to a single electrode, where it can attach (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,632,957, 6,051,380, and 6,071,394).
  • it can be achieved by electrochemically activating regions of the surface and changing the voltage applied to the electrodes.
  • the surface of synthesis channels are coated with PEM prior to attachment of the templates (or primers).
  • Such attachment scheme can be both an ex-situ process or an in situ process.
  • the surface of the flat substrate is coated with PEM first, followed by attachment of the templates.
  • the elastomeric microfluidic chip is then bonded to the substrate to form and seal the synthesis channel.
  • the microfluidic chip is attached to the flat substrate first, and a PEM is then constructed in the channels.
  • the templates are then attached inside the channels.
  • the microfluidic chip can be bonded to the flat substrate at any point in the template attachment process, and the remaining steps can be completed inside the microfluidic channels.
  • the in-situ protocol is used.
  • the method described here leads to low nonspecific binding of labeled (e.g., with fluorescent dye) nucleotides and good seal of the microfluidic components and the synthesis channels.
  • a good seal between the microfluidic components and the synthesis channels allows the use of higher pressures, which in turn increases flow rates and decreases exchange times.
  • the various methods for attaching the templates to the surface of the synthesis channel are discussed in detail below.
  • An exemplified scheme of the ex situ protocol is as follows. First, the surface of a glass cover slip is cleaned and then coated with a polyelectrolyte multilayer (PEM). Following biotinylation of the carboxylic acid groups, streptavidin is then applied to generate a surface capable of capturing biotinylated molecules. Biotinylated polynucleotide templates are then added to the coated glass cover slip for attachment.
  • the surface chemistry thus created is particularly suited for sequencing by synthesis with fluorescent nucleotides, because it generates a strong negatively-charged surface which repels the negatively-charged nucleotides. Detailed procedures for cleaning the cover slips, coating of polyelectrolyte multilayer, and attachment of the templates are described below.
  • PEM formation proceeds by the sequential addition of polycations and polyanions, which are polymers with many positive or negative charges, respectively.
  • polycations and polyanions which are polymers with many positive or negative charges, respectively.
  • the polycation deposits on the surface, forming a thin polymer layer and reversing the surface charge.
  • a polyanion deposited on a positively charged surface forms a thin layer of polymer and leaves a negatively charged surface.
  • Alternating exposure to poly(+) and poly( ⁇ ) generates a polyelectrolyte multilayer structure with a surface charge determined by the last polyelectrolyte added; in the case of incompletely-charged surfaces, multiple-layer deposition also tends to increase surface charge to a well defined and stable level.
  • PEM formation has been described by Decher et al.(Thin Solid Films, 210:831-835, 1992).
  • Carboxylic acid groups are negatively charged at pH 7, and are a common target for covalent bond formation. By terminating the surface with carboxylic acid groups, a surface which is both strongly negatively-charged and chemically reactive can be generated. In particular, amines can link to them to form amide bonds, a reaction that can be catalyzed by carbodiimides. A molecule with biotin at one end, a hydrophilic spacer, and an amine at the other end is used to terminate the surface with biotin.
  • An avidin molecule is capable of binding up to four biotin molecules. This means that avidin, and its derivative Streptavidin, is capable of converting a biotin-terminated surface to a surface capable of capturing biotin. Streptavidin, which carries a slight negative charge, is used to attach the polynucleotide templates to be analyzed to the surface by using a biotinylated primer. A buffer with a high concentration of multivalent salt is used in order to screen the repulsion of the negatively charged surface for the negatively-charged DNA.
  • the glass cover slips are first cleaned with HP H 2 O (H 2 O deionized to 18.3 MOhm-cm and filtered to 0.2 ⁇ m) and a RCA Solution (6:4:1 mixture of HP H 2 O, (30% NH 4 OH), and (30% H 2 O 2 )). The cover slips are then sonicated in 2% Micro 90 detergent for 20 minutes. After rinse thoroughly with HP H 2 O, the cover slips are stirred in gently boiling RCA solution for at least 1 hour, and rinsed again with HP H 2 O.
  • HP H 2 O H 2 O deionized to 18.3 MOhm-cm and filtered to 0.2 ⁇ m
  • a RCA Solution (6:4:1 mixture of HP H 2 O, (30% NH 4 OH), and (30% H 2 O 2 )
  • the cover slips are then sonicated in 2% Micro 90 detergent for 20 minutes. After rinse thoroughly with HP H 2 O, the cover slips are stirred in gently boiling RCA solution for at least 1 hour, and rinsed
  • the glass cover slips are submerged in PAll solution (Poly(allylamine) (PAll, +): 2 mg/ml in HP H 2 O, adjusted to pH 7.0) and agitate for at least 10 minutes.
  • PAll solution Poly(allylamine) (PAll, +): 2 mg/ml in HP H 2 O, adjusted to pH 7.0) and agitate for at least 10 minutes.
  • PAcr solution Poly(acrylic acid) (PAcr, ⁇ ): 2 mg/ml in HP H 2 O, adjusted to pH 7.0) for at least 10 minutes and washing with HP H 2 O.
  • PAcr solution Poly(acrylic acid)
  • the PEM coated glass is incubated with a EDC/BLCPA solution for 30 minutes.
  • the EDC/BLCPA solution is prepared by mixing equal amounts of 50 mM EDC solution (in MES buffer) and 50 mM BLCPA (in MES buffer) and diluting to 5 mM in MES buffer.
  • the glass is then rinsed with 10 mM Tris-NaCl and incubated with 0.1 mg/ml streptavidin solution for 1 hour. After washing with 10 mM Tris-NaCl, the glass is incubated with a solution containing the polynucleotide template (10 ⁇ 7 M in Tris 100 mM MgCl 2 ) for 30 minutes. The glass is again rinsed thoroughly with 10 mM Tris-NaCl.
  • the microfluidic substrate is bonded to the glass cover slip by HCl-assisted bonding.
  • the chips are first washed with a surfactant (e.g., first with HP H 2 O, then in 0.1% Tween 20, then rinse again with HP H 2 O).
  • the washed microfluidic chips are then put on the glass cover slips with a few microliters of dilute HCI (e.g., 1% HCl in HP H 2 O), followed by baking at 37° C. for 1-2 hours.
  • HCI dilute HCI
  • Such treatment enhances the bond strength to glass (e.g., >20 psi pressure) without increasing nonspecific adsorption.
  • Coating the microchannel surface with the PEM technique is significant for analyzing polynucleotide sequences according to the present invention.
  • the method used to attach the template to the surface should fulfill several requirements in order to be useful in a sequencing-by-synthesis application. First, it must be possible to attach reasonable quantities of polynucleotide templates. In addition, the attached templates should remain active for polymerase action. Further, nonspecific binding of fluorescent nucleotides should be very low.
  • the nucleotides When the nucleotides are fluorescently labeled, they generally have relatively strong nonspecific binding to many surfaces because they possess both a strongly polar moiety (the nucleotide, and in particular the triphosphate) and a relatively hydrophobic moiety (the fluorescent dye).
  • a surface bearing positively-charged groups i.e. amines
  • Neutral surfaces generally have strong nonspecific binding due to the action of the fluorescent nucleotide as a surfactant (i.e. assembling with nonpolar moiety towards the uncharged (more hydrophobic) surface and polar end in the aqueous phase).
  • a surface bearing negative charges can repel the negatively charged fluorescent nucleotides, so it has the lowest nonspecific binding.
  • Glass is such a surface, but the surface silanols that give it its negative charge in water are a difficult target to attach DNA to directly.
  • Typical DNA attachment protocols use silanization (often with aminosilanes) to attach template; as discussed earlier amino groups lead to unacceptable levels of nonspecific binding.
  • a polyelectrolyte multilayer terminated with carboxylic acid-bearing polymer fulfills all three criteria. First, it is easy to attach polynucleotide to because carboxylic acids are good targets for covalent bond formation. Second, the attached template is active for extension by polymerases—most probably, the repulsion of like charges prevents the template from “laying down” on the surface. Finally, the negative charge repels the fluorescent nucleotides, and nonspecific binding is low.
  • the attachment scheme described here is easy to generalize on. Without modification, the PEM/biotin/streptavidin surface that is produced can be used to capture or immobilize any biotinylated molecule. A slight modification can be the use of another capture pair, i.e. substituting digoxygenin (dig) for biotin and labeling the molecule to be immobilized with anti-digoxygenin (anti-dig). Reagents for biotinylation or dig-labeling of amines are all commercially available.
  • dig digoxygenin
  • anti-dig anti-dig
  • chemistry is nearly independent of the surface chemistry of the support.
  • Glass for instance, can support PEMs terminated with either positive or negative polymer, and a wide variety of chemistry for either.
  • other substrates such as silicone, polystyrene, polycarbonate, etc, which are not as strongly charged as glass, can still support PEMs.
  • the charge of the final layer of PEMs on weakly-charged surfaces becomes as high as that of PEMs on strongly-charged surfaces, as long as the PEM has sufficiently-many layers.
  • PEM formation on O 2 -plasma treated silicone rubber has been demonstrated by the present inventors. This means that all the advantages of the glass/PEM/biotin/Streptavidin/biotin-DNA surface chemistry can be applied to other substrates.
  • the templates can be attached to microbeads, which can be arranged within the microfluidic system.
  • microbeads can be arranged within the microfluidic system.
  • commercially-available latex microspheres with pre-defined surface chemistry can be used.
  • the polynucleotide templates can be attached either before or after the microbeads are inducted into the microfluidic system. Attachment of template before beads are added allows a reduction in system complexity and setup time (as many templates can be attached to different aliquots of beads simultaneously).
  • Attachment of template to beads in situ can allow easier manipulation of surface chemistry (as bead surface chemistry can be manipulated in bulk and externally to the microfluidic device). Beads should be held in place within the flow system for this technique to be effective. Methods to achieve this include, e.g., flowing the beads into orifices too small for them to flow through (where they would become “wedged in”), the creation of “microscreens” (i.e. barriers in the channel with apertures too small for beads to pass through), and insertion of the beads into hollows in the channels where they are affixed by simple Van der Waals forces.
  • primer extension reactions are performed (E. D. Hyman, Anal. Biochem., 174, p. 423, 1988). If part of the template sequence is known, a specific primer can be constructed and hybridized to the template. Alternatively, a linker can be ligated to the template of unknown sequence in order to allow for hybridization of a primer. The primer can be hybridized to the template before or after immobilization of the template to the surface of the synthesis channel.
  • the primer is extended by a nucleic acid polymerase in the presence of a single type of labeled nucleotide.
  • Label is incorporated into the template/primer complex only if the labeled nucleotide added to the reaction is complementary to the nucleotide on the template adjacent the 3′ end of the primer.
  • the template is subsequently washed to remove any unincorporated label, and the presence of any incorporated label is determined.
  • a radioactive label can be determined by counting or any other method known in the art, while fluorescent labels can be induced to fluoresce, e.g., by excitation.
  • a combination of labeled and non-labeled nucleotides are used in the analysis. Because there are multiple copies of each template molecule immobilized on the surface of the synthesis channel, a small percentage of labeled nucleotides is sufficient for detection by a detection device (see below). For example, for fluorescently labeled nucleotides, the percentage of labeled nucleotide can be less than 20%, less than 10%, less than 5%, less than 1%, less than 0.1%, less than 0.01%, or even less than 0.001% of the total labeled and unlabeled nucleotides for each type of the nucleotides.
  • At least one and usually all types of the deoxyribonucleotides (dATP, dTTP, dGTP, dCTP, dUTP/dTTP) or nucleotides (ATP, UTP, GTP, and CTP) are labeled.
  • Various labels which are easily detected include radioactive labels, optically detectable labels, spectroscopic labels and the like.
  • fluorescent labels are used.
  • the different types of nucleotides can be labeled with the same kind of labels. Alternatively, a different kind of label can be used to label each different type of nucleotide.
  • fluorescent labels are used.
  • the fluorescent label can be selected from any of a number of different moieties.
  • the preferred moiety is a fluorescent group for which detection is quite sensitive.
  • fluorescein- or rhodamine-labeled nucleotide triphosphates are available (e.g., from NEN DuPont).
  • Fluorescently labeled nucleotide triphosphates can also be made by various fluorescence-labeling techniques, e.g., as described in Kambara et al. (1988) “Optimization of Parameters in a DNA Sequenator Using Fluorescence Detection,” Bio/Technol. 6:816-821; Smith et al. (1985) Nucl. Acids Res, 13:2399-2412; and Smith et al. (1986) Nature 321:674-679. Fluorescent labels exhibiting particularly high coefficients of destruction can also be useful in destroying nonspecific background signals.
  • a chain elongation inhibitor can be employed in the reaction (see, e.g., Dower et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,902,723.
  • Chain elongation inhibitors are nucleotide analogues which either are chain terminators which prevent further addition by the polymerase of nucleotides to the 3′ end of the chain by becoming incorporated into the chain themselves.
  • the chain elongation inhibitors are dideoxynucleotides.
  • chain elongation inhibitors are incorporated into the growing polynucleotide chain, they should be removed after incorporation of the labeled nucleotide has been detected, in order to allow the sequencing reaction to proceed using different labeled nucleotides.
  • a blocking agent or blocking group can be employed on the 3′ moiety of the deoxyribose group of the labeled nucleotide to prevent nonspecific incorporation.
  • the blocking agent should be removable under mild conditions (e.g., photosensitive, weak acid labile, or weak base labile groups), thereby allowing for further elongation of the primer strand with a next synthetic cycle. If the blocking agent also contains the fluorescent label, the dual blocking and labeling functions are achieved without the need for separate reactions for the separate moieties.
  • the labeled nucleotide can be labeled by attachment of a fluorescent dye group to the 3′ moiety of the deoxyribose group, and the label is removed by cleaving the fluorescent dye from the nucleotide to generate a 3′ hydroxyl group.
  • the fluorescent dye is preferably linked to the deoxyribose by a linker arm which is easily cleaved by chemical or enzymatic means.
  • blocking agents include, among others, light sensitive groups such as 6-nitoveratryloxycarbonyl (NVOC), 2-nitobenzyloxycarbonyl (NBOC), . ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethyl-dimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl (DDZ), 5-bromo-7-nitroindolinyl, o-hydroxy-2-methyl cinnamoyl, 2-oxymethylene anthraquinone, and t-butyl oxycarbonyl (TBOC).
  • NVOC 6-nitoveratryloxycarbonyl
  • NBOC 2-nitobenzyloxycarbonyl
  • DDZ . ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethyl-dimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl
  • TBOC t-butyl oxycarbonyl
  • Other blocking reagents are discussed, e.g., in U.S. Ser. No. 07/492,462; Patchornik (1970) J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 92:6333; and Amit
  • nucleotides possessing various labels and blocking groups can be readily synthesized. Labeling moieties are attached at appropriate sites on the nucleotide using chemistry and conditions as described, e.g., in Gait (1984) Oligonucleotide Synthesis: A Practical Approach, IRL Press, Oxford.
  • RNA polymerase or DNA polymerases can be used in the primer extension.
  • DNA polymerases are available.
  • suitable DNA polymerases include, but are not limited to, Sequenase 2.0.RTM., T4 DNA polymerase or the Klenow fragment of DNA polymerase 1, or Vent polymerase.
  • polymerases which lack 3′ ⁇ 5′ exonuclease activity can be used (e.g., T7 DNA polymerase (Amersham) or Klenow fragment of DNA polymerase I (New England Biolabs)).
  • thermostable polymerases such as ThermoSequenase.TM. (Amersham) or Taquenase.TM. (ScienTech, St Louis, Mo.) are used.
  • nucleotides used in the methods should be compatible with the selected polymerase. Procedures for selecting suitable nucleotide and polymerase combinations can be adapted from Ruth et al. (1981) Molecular Pharmacology 20:415-422; Kutateladze, T., et al. (1984) Nuc. Acids Res., 12:1671-1686; Chidgeavadze, Z., et al. (1985) FEBS Letters, 183:275-278.
  • the polymerase can be stored in a separate reservoir in the apparatus and flowed into the synthesis channels prior to each extension reaction cycle.
  • the enzyme can also be stored together with the other reaction agents (e.g., the nucleotide triphosphates).
  • the polymerase can be immobilized onto the surface of the synthesis channel along with the polynucleotide template.
  • the nucleotide on the template adjacent the 3′ end of the primer can be identified. Once this has been achieved, the label should be removed before repeating the process to discover the identity of the next nucleotide. Removal of the label can be effected by removal of the labeled nucleotide using a 3′-5′ exonuclease and subsequent replacement with an unlabeled nucleotide. Alternatively, the labeling group can be removed from the nucleotide. In a further alternative, where the label is a fluorescent label, it is possible to neutralize the label by bleaching it with radiation.
  • Photobleaching can be performed according to methods, e.g., as described in Jacobson et al., “International Workshop on the Application of Fluorescence Photobleaching Techniques to Problems in Cell Biology”, Federation Proceedings, 42:72-79, 1973; Okabe et al., J Cell Biol 120:1177-86, 1993; and Close et al., Radiat Res 53:349-57, 1973.
  • chain terminators or 3′ blocking groups should be removed before the next cycle can take place.
  • 3′ blocking groups can be removed by chemical or enzymatic cleavage of the blocking group from the nucleotide. For example, chain terminators are removed with a 3′-5′ exonuclease, e.g., exonuclease III. Once the label and terminators/locking groups have been removed, the cycle is repeated to discover the identity of the next nucleotide.
  • Removal of the blocking groups can be unnecessary if the labels are removable.
  • the chains incorporating the blocked nucleotides are permanently terminated and no longer participate in the elongation processes. So long as these blocked nucleotides are also removed from the labeling process, a small percentage of permanent loss in each cycle can also be tolerated.
  • nucleotide incorporation is monitored by detection of pyrophosphate release (see, e.g., WO98/13523, WO98/28440, and Ronaghi et al., Science 281:363, 1998).
  • a pyrophosphate-detection enzyme cascade is included in the reaction mixture in order to produce a chemoluminescent signal.
  • nucleotide analogues are used which are capable of acting as substrates for the polymerase but incapable of acting as substrates for the pyrophosphate-detection enzyme.
  • Pyrophosphate is released upon incorporation of a deoxynucleotide or dideoxynucleotide, which can be detected enzymatically. This method employs no wash steps, instead relying on continual addition of reagents.
  • Methods for visualizing single molecules of DNA labeled with an intercalating dye include, e.g., fluorescence microscopy as described in Houseal et al., Biophysical Journal 56: 507, 1989. While usually signals from a plurality of molecules are to be detected with the sequencing methods of the present invention, fluorescence from single fluorescent dye molecules can also be detected. For example, a number of methods are available for this purpose (see, e.g., Nie et al., Science 266: 1013, 1994; Funatsu et al., Nature 374: 555, 1995; Mertz et al., Optics Letters 20: 2532, 1995; and Unger et al., Biotechniques 27:1008, 1999).
  • the detection system for the signal or label can also depend upon the label used, which can be defined by the chemistry available.
  • a combination of an optical fiber or charged couple device (CCD) can be used in the detection step.
  • CCD charged couple device
  • the matrix is itself transparent to the radiation used, it is possible to have an incident light beam pass through the substrate with the detector located opposite the substrate from the polynucleotides.
  • CCD charged couple device
  • various forms of spectroscopy systems can be used.
  • Various physical orientations for the detection system are available and discussion of important design parameters is provided, e.g., in Jovin, Adv. in Biochem. Bioplyms.
  • Incorporated signals can be detected by scanning the synthesis channels.
  • the synthesis channels can be scanned simultaneously or serially, depending on the scanning method used.
  • the signals can be scanned using a CCD camera (TE/CCD512SF, Princeton Instruments, Trenton, N.J.) with suitable optics (Ploem, J. S., in Fluorescent and Luminescent Probes for Biological Activity, Mason, T. W., Ed., Academic Press, London, pp. 1-11, 1993), such as described in Yershov et al. (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 93:4913, 1996), or can be imaged by TV monitoring (Khrapko et al., DNA Sequencing 1:375, 1991).
  • a phosphorimager device For radioactive signals (e.g., 32 P), a phosphorimager device can be used.(Johnston et al., Johnston, R. F., et al., Electrophoresis 11:355, 1990; and Drmanac et al., Drmanac, R., et al., Electrophoresis 13:566, 1992). These methods are particularly useful to achieve simultaneous scanning of multiple probe-regions.
  • the synthesis channels can be serially scanned one by one or row by row using a fluorescence microscope apparatus, such as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,094,274, 5,902,723, 5,424,186, and 5,091,652.
  • a fluorescence microscope apparatus such as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,094,274, 5,902,723, 5,424,186, and 5,091,652.
  • standard low-light level cameras such as a SIT and image intensified CCD camera, are employed (see, Funatsu et al., Nature 374, 555, 1995).
  • An ICCD can be preferable to a cooled CCD camera because of its better time resolution. These devices are commercially available (e.g., from Hammamatsu).
  • the intensifier unit from Hammamatsu or DEP are used and incorporated into other less expensive or home built cameras. If necessary, the intensifier can be cooled.
  • CCD camera can be purchased from Phillips, who offer a low priced, low noise (40 electron readout noise per pixel) model.
  • a home built camera allows greater flexibility in the choice of components and a higher performance device.
  • the advantage of using a camera instead of an avalanche photodiode is that one can image the whole field of view. This extra spatial information allows the development of new noise reduction techniques. For example, one can use the fact that signals are expected from certain spatial locations (i.e. where the polynucleotide template is attached) in order to reject noise.
  • fluorescent excitation is exerted with a Q-switched frequency doubled Nd YAG laser, which has a KHz repetition rate, allowing many samples to be taken per second.
  • a wavelength of 532 nm is ideal for the excitation of rhodamine. It is a standard device that has been used in the single molecule detection scheme (Smith et al., Science 253:1122, 1992).
  • a pulsed laser allows time resolved experiments, which are useful for rejecting extraneous noise.
  • excitation can be performed with a mercury lamp and signals from the incorporated nucleotides can be detected with an inexpensive CCD camera (see, e.g., Unger et al., Biotechniques 27:1008, 1999.
  • the scanning system should be able to reproducibly scan the synthesis channels in the apparatuses. Where appropriate, e.g., for a two dimensional substrate where the synthesis channels are localized to positions thereon, the scanning system should positionally define the synthesis channels attached thereon to a reproducible coordinate system. It is important that the positional identification of synthesis channels be repeatable in successive scan steps.
  • Various scanning systems can be employed in the apparatuses of the present invention.
  • electrooptical scanning devices described in, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,143,854, are suitable for use with the apparatuses of the present invention.
  • the system could exhibit many of the features of photographic scanners, digitizers or even compact disk reading devices.
  • a model no. PM500-A1 x-y translation table manufactured by Newport Corporation can be attached to a detector unit.
  • the x-y translation table is connected to and controlled by an appropriately programmed digital computer such as an IBM PC/AT or AT compatible computer.
  • the detection system can be a model no. R943-02 photomultiplier tube manufactured by Hamamatsu, attached to a preamplifier, e.g., a model no. SR440 manufactured by Stanford Research Systems, and to a photon counter, e.g., an SR430 manufactured by Stanford Research System, or a multichannel detection device.
  • a digital signal can usually be preferred, there can be circumstances where analog signals
  • the stability and reproducibility of the positional localization in scanning determine, to a large extent, the resolution for separating closely positioned polynucleotide clusters on a 2 dimensional substrate. Since the successive monitoring at a given position depends upon the ability to map the results of a reaction cycle to its effect on a positionally mapped cluster of polynucleotides, high resolution scanning is preferred. As the resolution increases, the upper limit to the number of possible polynucleotides which can be sequenced on a single matrix also increases.
  • Crude scanning systems can resolve only on the order of 1000 ⁇ m, refined scanning systems can resolve on the order of 100 ⁇ m, more refined systems can resolve on the order of about 10 ⁇ m, and with optical magnification systems a resolution on the order of 1.0 ⁇ m is available.
  • the limitations on the resolution can be diffraction limited and advantages can arise from using shorter wavelength radiation for fluorescent scanning steps.
  • the time required to fully scan a matrix can increased and a compromise between speed and resolution can be selected.
  • Parallel detection devices which provide high resolution with shorter scan times are applicable where multiple detectors are moved in parallel.
  • the reliability of a signal can be pre-selected by counting photons and continuing to count for a longer period at positions where intensity of signal is lower. Although this decreases scan speed, it can increase reliability of the signal determination.
  • Various signal detection and processing algorithms can be incorporated into the detection system. In some methods, the distribution of signal intensities of pixels across the region of signal are evaluated to determine whether the distribution of intensities corresponds to a time positive signal.
  • nucleotide incorporation is also contemplated in the present invention, including the use of mass spectrometry to analyze the reaction products, the use of radiolabeled nucleotides, and detection of reaction products with “wired enzymes”.
  • mass spectrometry is employed to detect nucleotide incorporation in the primer extension reaction.
  • a primer extension reaction consumes a nucleotide triphosphate, adds a single base to the primer/template duplex, and produces pyrophosphate as a by-product.
  • Mass spectrometry can be used to detect pyrophosphate in the wash stream after a nucleotide has been incubated with the template and polymerase. The absence of pyrophosphate indicates that the nucleotide was not incorporated, whereas the presence of pyrophosphate indicates incorporation. Detection based on pyrophosphate release have been described, e.g., in WO98/13523, WO98/28440, and Ronaghi et al., Science 281:363, 1998.
  • radiolabeled nucleotides are used. Nucleotides can be radiolabeled either in the sugar, the base, or the triphosphate group. To detect radioactivity, small radioactivity sensor can be incorporated in the substrate on which the microfluidic chip is mounted. A CCD pixel, for instance, serves as a good detector for some radioactive decay processes. Radiolabeling of the sugar or base produces an additive signal: each incorporation increases the amount of radiolabel in the primer-template duplex. If the nucleotide is labeled in the portion that is released as pyrophosphate (e.g. dNTP with ⁇ - or ⁇ - 32 P), the radioactive pyrophosphate can be detected in the wash stream.
  • pyrophosphate e.g. dNTP with ⁇ - or ⁇ - 32 P
  • This radioactivity level is not additive, but rather binary for each attempted nucleotide addition, so subsequent addition poses no read length limit. Due to the small reagent consumption and contained nature of microfluidics, the total radioactivity used in such a system is relatively minimal, and containment is relatively simple.
  • non-optical detection of pyrophosphate release makes use of “wired redox enzymes” as described, e.g., in Heller et al., Analytical Chemistry 66:2451-2457, 1994; and Ohara et al., Analytical Chemistry 65:3512-3517, 1993. Briefly, enzymes are covalently linked to a hydrogel matrix containing redox active groups capable of transporting charge. The analyte to be detected is either acted on directly by a redox enzyme (either releasing or consuming electrons) or consumed as a reagent in an enzymatic cascade that produces a substrate that is reduced or oxidized by a redox enzyme.
  • the production or consumption of electrons is detected at a metal electrode in contact with the hydrogel.
  • pyrophosphatase an enzymatic cascade using pyrophosphatase, maltose phosphorylase, and glucose oxidase can be employed.
  • Pyrophosphatase converts pyrophosphate into phosphate
  • maltose phosphorylase converts maltose (in the presence of phosphate) to glucose 1-phosphate and glucose.
  • glucose oxidase converts the glucose to gluconolactone and H2O2; this final reaction is the redox step which gives rise to a detectable current at the electrode.
  • Glucose sensors based on this principle are well known in the art, and enzymatic cascades as described here have been demonstrated previously. Other enzymatic cascades besides the specific example given here are also contemplated the present invention.
  • This type of detection scheme allows direct electrical readout of nucleotide incorporation at each reaction chamber, allowing easy parallelization.
  • polynucleotide sequences are analyzed with a fluorescent photobleaching method.
  • fluorescently labeled nucleotides are used in the primer extension. Signals from the incorporated nucleotides are removed by photobleaching before next extension cycle starts.
  • the polynucleotide templates can be prepared as described above (e.g., cloning in single-stranded M13 plasmid). Biotinylated templates are attached to surface of the synthesis channel that has been pretreated with the PEM technique as discussed above. After the primed, single stranded DNA is immobilized to the synthesis channel in the flow cell. A polymerase and one nucleotide triphosphate, e.g. dATP, are flowed into the flow cell. A high fidelity polymerase with no exonuclease proofreading ability is preferred.
  • each type of the nucleotide triphosphates is fluorescently labeled (e.g., rhodamine-labeled nucleotide triphosphates from NEN DuPont).
  • fluorescently labeled e.g., rhodamine-labeled nucleotide triphosphates from NEN DuPont.
  • the polymerase incorporates the dATP's and some fraction of the DNA molecules become fluorescently labeled. If the first base is anything else, no fluorescent molecules become incorporated.
  • the reagents are then flowed out of the flow cell, and the fluorescence of the DNA is measured.
  • the procedure is repeated with one of the other nucleotide triphosphates. If fluorescence is detected, the identity of the first base in the sequence has been determined. The fluorescence signal is photobleached and extinguished before the procedure is then repeated for the next base in the template sequence.
  • the fluorescence can be excited with, e.g., a Q-switched frequency doubled Nd YAG laser (Smith et al., Science 253: 1122, 1992).
  • a Q-switched frequency doubled Nd YAG laser Smith et al., Science 253: 1122, 1992.
  • This is a standard device used in the single molecule detection scheme that measures the fluorescent spectrum and lifetime of a single molecule before it photobleached. It has a kHz repetition rate, allowing many samples to be taken per second.
  • the wavelength can be, e.g., 532 nm that is ideal for the excitation of rhodamine.
  • a pulsed laser allows time resolved experiments and is useful for rejecting extraneous noise.
  • Detection of the incorporated label can be performed with a standard low-light level cameras, such as a SIT or a image intensified CCD camera (Funatsu et al, supra).
  • An Intensified CCD (ICCD) camera is preferable to a cooled CCD camera because of its better time resolution.
  • ICCD Intensified CCD
  • These devices are available from, e.g., Hammamatsu.
  • a detection device can be made by building just the intensifier unit from Hammamatsu into a CCD camera.
  • the intensifier can be cooled.
  • the CCD camera is available from Phillips, e.g., a low priced, low noise model (40 electron readout noise per pixel).
  • a customarily built camera allows greater flexibility in the choice of components and a higher performance device.
  • the advantage of using a camera instead of an avalanche photodiode is that the whole field of view can be imaged.
  • This extra spatial information allows the development of new noise reduction techniques. For example, the fact that signals are expected from certain spatial locations (i.e. where the DNA is attached) can be used to reject noise.
  • a combination of factors affect the read length and throughput of the sequencing analysis according to the present invention.
  • the present invention teaches how to determine acceptable flow rate of fluids in the apparatuses.
  • flow rate in the apparatuses with microfabricated flow channels having a depth of 100 ⁇ m is typically 0.1-1 cm/sec.
  • the flow rate is usually in the range of 1-10 cm/sec.
  • the limiting velocity is in the order of 1 cm/sec for a 100 ⁇ m channel depth. For microchannels with a depth of 10 ⁇ m, the limit is 10 cm/sec.
  • the ultimate limit on the rate at which fluid can be exchanged is determined by the effect of drag and shear flows on the polynucleotide template and the polymerase.
  • the velocity profile of constrained flow is parabolic (v( ⁇ ) ⁇ v ave (1 ⁇ ( ⁇ /R) 2 )), causing a shear force.
  • Single molecule experiments with double stranded DNA have shown that one can apply forces of up to F.apprxeq.50 pN without breaking or causing irreversible damage to DNA (see, e.g., Smith et al., Science 271: 795, 1996; and Cluzel et al., Science 271: 792, 1996), and a similar order of magnitude is expected for single stranded DNA.
  • the maximum average velocity before shearing of DNA becomes a problem is 140 cm/sec.
  • RNA polymerase Another consideration is to prevent the polymerase from falling off the template or becoming damaged.
  • RNA polymerase it has been shown that the stalling force for RNA polymerase, at which it might receive irreversible damage, is 14 pN (Yin et al., Science 270:1653, 1995). Since one the drag coefficient of a DNA polymerase can be estimated from its size, a similar calculation as for the DNA shear leads to a maximum velocity of 500 cm/sec.
  • the time to remove all of the free nucleotides can be calculated by including the effects of diffusion into hydrodynamic calculation of the fluid flow.
  • a six port valve from Upchurch with electric motor from Thar Designs has a dead volume of 2 ⁇ l and switching time of 166 msec.
  • 4 ⁇ l of material should be exchanged for each step in the process.
  • a syringe or peristaltic pump can give very high flow rates, the limiting factor is low Reynolds number.
  • the inverse rate constant to get rid of all of the nucleotides is ⁇ ( LR/v ave ) 2/3 ( D ) ⁇ 1/3
  • the dead volume is reduced and throughput increased.
  • the valves can provide an essentially zero dead volume and 10 msec switching time. This and the reduced dimensions of the device leads to a drastic increase of throughput: the time to flush the reagents (e.g., nucleotides) from the system is reduced to 0.8 sec.
  • the overall throughput is approximately 1 base per second. Table 1 summarizes the various factors affecting throughput of apparatuses with microfabricated flow channels having a depth of 100 ⁇ m or 10 ⁇ m.
  • the DNA polymerases can fall off of the DNA. If enzyme is replenished, it takes time for the enzyme to find and bind to a free DNA site. This could affect throughput of the apparatuses.
  • the attrition rate of the polymerase can be determined according to methods described in the art. For example, using the kinetics of the T4 DNA polymerase as nominal values (Taylor et al., J. Phys. D. Appl. Phys. 24:1443, 1991), an on-rate of 11 ⁇ M ⁇ 1 sec ⁇ 1 was obtained. Hence a 1 ⁇ M concentration of enzyme gives an on rate of 11 sec ⁇ 1 , and after 1 second, 99.3% of the DNA have polymerase bound.
  • the polymerase falls off of the DNA with a time constant of 0.2 sec ⁇ 1 (Yin et al., Science 270:1653, 1995). In other words, after 5 seconds without nucleotides, this can become a source of attrition. It can be compensated for by the addition of fresh polymerase with every sequencing cycle of the device.
  • the reagent exchange is fast enough that polymerase falling off has no significant effect on the throughput.
  • the rate of incorporation of nucleotides by the polymerase is typically about 300 bases per second. This is not a rate limiting factor for the device throughput.
  • Read length of the sequencing analysis can be affected by various factors. However, photobleaching is unlikely to cause any chemical changes to the polynucleotide template that prevent the attachment of the next base. During the photobleaching, the dye molecule is held off from the DNA on a linker arm, and it gives off so few photons that the interaction cross section is negligible. Any attrition of the labeled nucleotides also does not present any significant problem. The statistics of the photobleaching scheme are robust enough to allow sequencing to continue in spite of any attrition of the labeled nucleotides. For example, if 0.1% of the bases are labeled, then after 3000 bases the attrition is 95% if incorporation of a labeled nucleotide terminates strand extension completely.
  • misincorporation Another factor that can affect read length is misincorporation. If the DNA polymerase is starved for the proper nucleotide, it can incorporate the wrong nucleotide. Misincorporation efficiencies have been measured to be three to five orders of magnitude below the efficiency for proper nucleotide incorporation (Echols et al., Ann. Rev. Biochem 60:477, 1991). Misincorporation can be minimized by only exposing the DNA polymerase-DNA complexes to nucleotides for as much time as is needed to incorporate the proper nucleotide. For a high fidelity DNA polymerase, misincorporation happens with a frequency of about 10 ⁇ 4 .
  • misincorporation does not hinder a 3 kb or perhaps longer read length.

Abstract

Methods for high speed, high throughput analysis of polynucleotide sequences, and apparatuses with which to carry out the methods are provided in the invention.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCES TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This nonprovisional patent application claims the benefit of the previously filed patent application: U.S. provisional patent application No. 60/163,742, filed Nov. 4, 1999; and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/605,520, filed Jun. 27, 2000, which in turn claims the benefit of U.S. provisional patent application No. 60/141,503 filed Jun. 28, 1999; U.S. provisional patent application No. 60/147,199 filed Aug. 3, 1999, and U.S. provisional patent application No. 60/186,856 filed Mar. 3, 2000. The text of these previously filed patent applications is hereby incorporated by reference.
  • STATEMENT AS TO RIGHTS TO INVENTIONS MADE UNDER FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
  • Work described herein has been supported, in part, by NIH grants HG-01642-02. The U.S. Government may therefore have certain rights in the invention.
  • TECHNICAL FIELD
  • The present invention relates to methods for high speed, high throughput analysis of polynucleotide sequences and apparatuses for carrying out such methods.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Traditional DNA sequencing techniques share three essential steps in their approaches to sequence determination. First, a multiplicity of DNA fragments are generated from a DNA species which it is intended to sequence. These fragments are incomplete copies of the DNA species to be sequenced. The aim is to produce a ladder of DNA fragments, each a single base longer than the previous one. For example, with the Sanger method (Sanger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 74:5463, 1977), the target DNA is used as a template for a DNA polymerase to produce a number of incomplete clones. These fragments, which differ in respective length by a single base, are then separated on an apparatus which is capable of resolving single-base differences in size. The third and final step is the determination of the nature of the base at the end of each fragment. When ordered by the size of the fragments which they terminate, these bases represent the sequence of the original DNA species.
  • Automated systems for DNA sequence analysis have been developed, such as discussed in Toneguzzo et al., 6 Biotechniques 460, 1988; Kanbara et al., 6 Biotechnology 816, 1988; and Smith et al., 13 Nuc. Acid. Res. 13: 2399, 1985; U.S. Pat. No. 4,707,237 (1987). However, all these methods still require separation of DNA products by a gel permeation procedure and then detection of their locations relative to one another along the axis of permeation or movement through the gel. These apparatuses used in these methods are not truly automatic sequencers. They are merely automatic gel readers, which require the standard sequencing reactions to be carried out before samples are loaded onto the gel.
  • The disadvantages of the above methods are numerous. The most serious problems are caused by the requirement for the DNA fragments to be size-separated on a polyacrylamide gel. This process is time-consuming, uses large quantities of expensive chemicals, and severely limits the number of bases which can be sequenced in any single experiment, due to the limited resolution of the gel. Sanger dideoxy sequencing has a read length of approximately 500 bp, a throughput that is limited by gel electrophoresis (appropriately 0.2%).
  • Other methods for analyzing polynucleotide sequences have been developed more recently. In some of these methods broadly termed sequencing by synthesis, template sequences are determined by priming the template followed by a series of single base primer extension reactions (e.g., as described in WO 93/21340, WO 96/27025, and WO 98/44152). While the basic scheme in these methods no longer require separation of polynucleotides on the gel, they encounter various other problems such as consumption of large amounts of expensive reagents, difficulty in removing reagents after each step, misincorporation due to long exchange times, the need to remove labels from the incorporated nucleotide, and difficulty to detect further incorporation if the label is not removed. Many of these difficulties stem directly from limitations of the macroscopic fluidics employed. However, small-volume fluidics have not been available. As a result, these methods have not replaced the traditional gel-based sequencing schemes in practice. The skilled artisans are to a large extent still relying on the gel-based sequencing methods.
  • Thus, there is a need in the art for methods and apparatuses for high speed and high throughput analysis of longer polynucleotide sequences which can be automated utilizing the available scanning and detection technology. The present invention fulfills this and other needs.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • In one aspect of the present invention, methods for analyzing the sequence of a target polynucleotide are provided. The methods include the steps of (a) providing a primed target polynucleotide linked to a microfabricated synthesis channel; (b) flowing a first nucleotide through the synthesis channel under conditions whereby the first nucleotide attaches to the primer, if a complementary nucleotide is present to serve as template in the target polynucleotide; (c) determining presence or absence of a signal, the presence of a signal indicating that the first nucleotide was incorporated into the primer, and hence the identity of the complementary base that served as a template in the target polynucleotide; (d) removing or reducing the signal, if present; and (e) repeating steps (b)-(d) with a further nucleotide that is the same or different from the first nucleotide, whereby the further nucleotide attaches to the primer or a nucleotide previously incorporated into the primer.
  • In some methods, step (a) comprises providing a plurality of different primed target polynucleotides linked to different synthesis channels; step (b) comprises flowing the first nucleotide through each of the synthesis channels; and step (c) comprises determining presence or absence of a signal in each of the channels, the presence of a signal in a synthesis channel indicating the first nucleotide was incorporated into the primer in the synthesis channel, and hence the identity of the complementary base that served as a template in the target polynucleotide in the synthesis channel. In some methods, a plurality of different primed target polynucleotides are linked to each synthesis channels.
  • Some methods include the further steps of flushing the synthesis channel to remove unincorporated nucleotides. In some methods, steps (b)-(d) are performed at least four times with four different types of nucleotides. In some methods, steps (b)-(d) are performed until the identity of each base in the target polynucleotide has been identified.
  • In some methods, the nucleotides are labeled. The label can be a fluorescent dye, and the signal can be detected optically. The label can also be a radiolabel, and the signal can be detected with a radioactivity detector. In some methods, incorporation of nucleotides is detected by measuring pyrophosphate release.
  • In some methods, the synthesis channel is formed by bonding a microfluidic chip to a flat substrate. In some of these methods, the target polynucleotides are immobilized to the interior surface of the substrate in the synthesis channel. In some of these methods, the interior surface is coated with a polyelectrolyte multilayer (PEM). In some of these methods, the microfluidic chip is fabricated with an elastomeric material such as RTV silicone.
  • In another aspect of the present invention, methods for analyzing a target polynucleotide entails (a) pretreating the surface of a substrate to create surface chemistry that facilitates polynucleotide attachment and sequence analysis; (b) providing a primed target polynucleotide attached to the surface; (c) providing a labeled first nucleotides to the attached target polynucleotide under conditions whereby the labeled first nucleotide attaches to the primer, if a complementary nucleotide is present to serve as template in the target polynucleotide; (d) determining presence or absence of a signal from the primer, the presence of a signal indicating that the labeled first nucleotide was incorporated into the primer, and hence the identity of the complementary base that served as a template in the target polynucleotide; and (e) repeating steps (c)-(d) with a labeled further nucleotide that is the same or different from the first labeled nucleotide, whereby the labeled further nucleotide attaches to the primer or a nucleotide previously incorporated into the primer.
  • In some of these methods, the substrate is glass and the surface is coated with a polyelectrolyte multilayer (PEM). In some methods, the PEM is terminated with a polyanion. In some methods, the polyanion is terminated with carboxylic acid groups. In some methods, the target polynucleotide is biotinylated, and the PEM-coated surface is further coated with biotin and then streptavidin.
  • In still another aspect of the present invention, methods of analyzing a target polynucleotide are provided which include the steps of (a) providing a primed target polynucleotide; (b) providing a first type of nucleotide of which a fraction is labeled under conditions whereby the first nucleotide attaches to the primer, if a complementary nucleotide is present to serve as template in the target polynucleotide; (c) determining presence or absence of a signal from the primer, the presence of a signal indicating the first nucleotide was incorporated into the primer, and hence the identity of the complementary base that served as a template in the target polynucleotide; and (d) repeating steps (b)-(c) with a further type of nucleotide of which a fraction is labeled the same and which is the same or different from the first type of nucleotide, whereby the further nucleotide attaches to the primer or a nucleotide previously incorporated into the primer.
  • In some of these methods, the label used is a fluorescent label. In some of these methods, the removing or reducing step is performed by photobleaching. In some of these methods, the fraction of labeled nucleotides are less than 10%, less than 1%, less than 0.1%, or less than 0.01%.
  • In another aspect of the present invention, apparatuses for analyzing the sequence of a polynucleotide are provided. The apparatuses have (a) a flow cell with at least one microfabricated synthesis channel; and (b) an inlet port and an outlet port which are in fluid communication with the flow cell and which flowing fluids such as deoxynucleoside triphosphates and nucleotide polymerase into and through the flow cell. Some of the apparatuses additionally have (c) a light source to direct light at a surface of the synthesis channel; and (d) a detector to detect a signal from the surface.
  • In some of the apparatuses, the synthesis channel is formed by bonding a microfluidic chip to a flat substrate. In some apparatuses, the microfluidic chip also contain microfabricated valves and microfabricated pumps in an integrated system with the synthesis channel. In some of these apparatuses, a plurality of reservoirs for storing reaction reagents are also present, and the microfabricated valve and pump are connected to the reservoirs. In some apparatuses, the detector is a photon counting camera. In some of the apparatuses, the to microfluidic chip is fabricated with an elastomeric material such as RTV silicone. The substrate of some of the apparatuses is a glass cover slip. The cross section of the synthesis channel in some of the apparatuses has a linear dimension of less than 100 μm×100 μm, less than 10 μm×100 μm, less than 1 μm×10 μm, or less than 0.1 μm×1 μm.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 is an illustration of a first elastomeric layer formed on top of a micromachined mold.
  • FIG. 2 is an illustration of a second elastomeric layer formed on top of a micromachined mold.
  • FIG. 3 is an illustration of the elastomeric layer of FIG. 2 removed from the micromachined mold and positioned over the top of the elastomeric layer of FIG. 1
  • FIG. 4 is an illustration corresponding to FIG. 3, but showing the second elastomeric layer positioned on top of the first elastomeric layer.
  • FIG. 5 is an illustration corresponding to FIG. 4, but showing the first and second elastomeric layers bonded together.
  • FIG. 6 is an illustration corresponding to FIG. 5, but showing the first micromachine mold removed and a planar substrate positioned in its place.
  • FIG. 7A is an illustration corresponding to FIG. 6, but showing the elastomeric structure sealed onto the planar substrate.
  • FIG. 7B is a front sectional view corresponding to FIG. 7A, showing an open flow channel.
  • FIG. 7C corresponds to FIG. 7A, but shows a first flow channel closed by pressurization in second flow channel.
  • FIG. 8 is an illustration of a first elastomeric layer deposited on a planar substrate.
  • FIG. 9 is an illustration showing a first sacrificial layer deposited on top of the first elastomeric layer of FIG. 8.
  • FIG. 10 is an illustration showing the system of FIG. 9, but with a portion of the first sacrificial layer removed, leaving only a first line of sacrificial layer.
  • FIG. 11 is an illustration showing a second elastomeric layer applied on top of the first elastomeric layer over the first line of sacrificial layer of FIG. 10, thereby encasing the sacrificial layer between the first and second elastomeric layers.
  • FIG. 12 corresponds to FIG. 1, but shows the integrated monolithic structure produced after the first and second elastomer layers have been bonded together.
  • FIG. 13 is an illustration showing a second sacrificial layer deposited on top of the integral elastomeric structure of FIG. 12.
  • FIG. 14 is an illustration showing the system of FIG. 13, but with a portion of the second sacrificial layer removed, leaving only a second line of sacrificial layer.
  • FIG. 15 is an illustration showing a third elastomer layer applied on top of the second elastomeric layer and over the second line of sacrificial layer of FIG. 14, thereby encapsulating the second line of sacrificial layer between the elastomeric structure of FIG. 12 and the third elastomeric layer.
  • FIG. 16 corresponds to FIG. 15, but shows the third elastomeric layer cured so as to be bonded to the monolithic structure composed of the previously bonded first and second elastomer layers.
  • FIG. 17 corresponds to FIG. 16, but shows the first and second lines of sacrificial layer removed so as to provide two perpendicular overlapping, but not intersecting, flow channels passing through the integrated elastomeric structure.
  • FIG. 18 is an illustration showing the system of FIG. 17, but with the planar substrate thereunder removed.
  • FIG. 19 illustrates valve opening vs. applied pressure for various flow channels.
  • FIG. 20 illustrates time response of a 100 μm×100 μm×10 μm RTV microvalve.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic illustration of a multiplexed system adapted to permit flow through various channels.
  • FIG. 22A is a plan view of a flow layer of an addressable reaction chamber structure.
  • FIG. 22B is a bottom plan view of a control channel layer of an addressable reaction chamber structure.
  • FIG. 22C is an exploded perspective view of the addressable reaction chamber structure formed by bonding the control channel layer of FIG. 22B to the top of the flow layer of FIG. 22A.
  • FIG. 22D is a sectional elevation view corresponding to FIG. 22C, taken along line 28D-28D in FIG. 22C.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic of a system adapted to selectively direct fluid flow into any of an array of reaction wells.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic of a system adapted for selectable lateral flow between parallel flow channels.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic of an integrated system for analyzing polynucleotide sequences.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic of a further integrated system for analyzing polynucleotide sequences.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of a sequencing apparatus.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • I. Overview
  • The present invention provides methods and apparatuses for analyzing polynucleotide sequences.
  • In some methods, the sequencing apparatuses comprise a microfabricated flow channel to which polynucleotide templates are attached. Optionally, the apparatuses comprise a plurality of microfabricated channels, and diverse polynucleotide templates can be attached to each channel. The apparatuses can also have a plurality of reservoirs for storing various reaction reagents, and pumps and valves for controlling flow of the reagents. The flow cell can also have a window to allow optical interrogation.
  • In these methods, single stranded polynucleotide templates with primers are immobilized to the surface of the microfabricated channel or to the surface of reaction chambers that are disposed along a microfabricated flow channel, e.g., with streptavidin-biotin links. After immobilization of the templates, a polymerase and one of the four nucleotide triphosphates are flowed into the flow cell, incubated with the template, and flowed out. If no signal is detected, the process is repeated with a different type of nucleotide.
  • These methods are advantageous over the other sequencing by synthesis methods discussed previously. First, use of microfabricated sequencing apparatuses reduces reagent consumption. It also increases reagent exchange rate and the speed of sequence analysis. In addition, the microfabricated apparatuses provides parallelization: many synthesis channels can be built on the same substrate. This allows analysis of a plurality of diverse polynucleotide sequences simultaneously. Further, due to the reduction of time and dead volume for exchanging reagents between different steps during the analysis, mismatch incorporation is greatly reduced. Moreover, the read length is also improved because there is less time for the polymerase to incorporate a wrong nucleotide and it is less likely that the polymerase falls off the template. All these advantages result in high speed and high throughput sequence analysis regimes.
  • In some methods of the present invention, the surface of a substrate (e.g., a glass cover slip) is pretreated to create optimal surface chemistry that facilitates polynucleotide template attachment and subsequent sequence analysis. In some of these methods, the substrate surface is coated with a polyelectrolyte multilayer (PEM). Following the PEM coating, biotin can be applied to the PEM, and followed by application of streptavidin. The substrate surface can then be used to attach biotinylated-templates. The PEM-coated substrate provides substantial advantages for immobilizing the template polynucleotides and for polymerase extension reaction. First, because PEM can easily be terminated with polymers bearing carboxylic acids, it is easy to attach polynucleotides. Second, the attached template is active for extension by polymerases—most probably, the repulsion of like charges prevents the template from “laying down” on the surface. Finally, the negative charge repels nucleotides, and nonspecific binding is low.
  • In some other methods of the present invention, only a small percentage of each type of nucleotides present in the extension reaction is labeled, e.g., with fluorescent dye. As a result, relatively small numbers of incorporated nucleotides are fluorescently labeled, interference of energy transfer is minimized, and the polymerase is less likely to fall off the template or be “choked” by incorporation of two labeled nucleotides sequentially. Optionally, the incorporated fluorescent signals are extinguished by photobleaching. Employment of photobleaching strategy can reduce the number of steps (e.g., it may not be necessary to perform the removal of label after every extension cycle). These advantages lead to more accurate detection of incorporated signals, more efficient consumption of polymerase, and a fast sequencing method.
  • II. Definitions
  • Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by those of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention pertains. The following references provide one of skill with a general definition of many of the terms used in this invention: Singleton et al., DICTIONARY OF MICROBIOLOGY AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY (2d ed. 1994); THE CAMBRIDGE DICTIONARY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY (Walker ed., 1988); and Hale & Marham, THE HARPER COLLINS DICTIONARY OF BIOLOGY (1991). Although any methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice or testing of the present invention, the preferred methods and materials are described. The following definitions are provided to assist the reader in the practice of the invention.
  • The terms “nucleic acid” or “nucleic acid molecule” refer to a deoxyribonucleotide or ribonucleotide polymer in either single- or double-stranded form, and unless otherwise limited, can encompass known analogs of natural nucleotides that can function in a similar manner as naturally occurring nucleotides.
  • “Nucleoside” includes natural nucleosides, including ribonucleosides and 2′-deoxyribonucleosides, as well as nucleoside analogs having modified bases or sugar backbones.
  • A “base” or “base-type” refers to a particular type of nucleosidic base, such as adenine, cytosine, guanine, thymine, uracil, 5-methylcytosine, 5-bromouracil, 2-aminopurine, deoxyinosine, N.sup.4-methoxydeoxycytosine, and the like.
  • “Oligonucleotide” or “polynucleotide” refers to a molecule comprised of a plurality of deoxyribonucleotides or nucleoside subunits. The linkage between the nucleoside subunits can be provided by phosphates, phosphonates, phosphoramidates, phosphorothioates, or the like, or by nonphosphate groups as are known in the art, such as peptoid-type linkages utilized in peptide nucleic acids (PNAs). The linking groups can be chiral or achiral. The oligonucleotides or polynucleotides can range in length from 2 nucleoside subunits to hundreds or thousands of nucleoside subunits. While oligonucleotides are preferably 5 to 100 subunits in length, and more preferably, 5 to 60 subunits in length, the length of polynucleotides can be much greater (e.g., up to 100 kb).
  • Specific hybridization refers to the binding, duplexing, or hybridizing of a molecule only to a particular nucleotide sequence under stringent conditions. Stringent conditions are conditions under which a probe can hybridize to its target subsequence, but to no other sequences. Stringent conditions are sequence-dependent and are different in different circumstances. Longer sequences hybridize specifically at higher temperatures. Generally, stringent conditions are selected to be about 5° C. lower than the thermal melting point (T.sub.m) for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH. The T.sub.m is the temperature (under defined ionic strength, pH, and nucleic acid concentration) at which 50% of the probes complementary to the target sequence hybridize to the target sequence at equilibrium. Typically, stringent conditions include a salt concentration of at least about 0.01 to 1.0 M Na ion concentration (or other salts) at pH 7.0 to 8.3 and the temperature is at least about 30° C. for short probes (e.g., 10 to 50 nucleotides). Stringent conditions can also be achieved with the addition of destabilizing agents such as formamide or tetraalkyl ammonium salts. For example, conditions of 5×SSPE (750 mM NaCl, 50 mM Na Phosphate, 5 mM EDTA, pH 7.4) and a temperature of 25-30° C. are suitable for allele-specific probe hybridizations. (See Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning 1989).
  • By “analysis of polynucleotide sequence of a template” is meant determining a sequence of at least 3 contiguous base subunits in a sample fragment, or alternatively, where sequence information is available for a single base-type, the relative positions of at least 3 subunits of identical base-types occurring in sequential order in the fragment. An example of the latter meaning is a determined sequence “AXXAXA” (5′>3′), where a series of 3 adenine (A) bases are found to be separated by two and then one other base-type in the sample fragment.
  • The term “primer” refers to an oligonucleotide, whether occurring naturally as in a purified restriction digest or produced synthetically, which is capable of acting as a point of initiation of synthesis when placed under conditions in which synthesis of a primer extension product which is complementary to a nucleic acid strand is induced, (i.e., in the presence of nucleotides and an inducing agent such as DNA polymerase and at a suitable temperature and pH). The primer is preferably single stranded for maximum efficiency in amplification, but can alternatively be double stranded. If double stranded, the primer is first treated to separate its strands before being used to prepare extension products. Preferably, the primer is an oligodeoxyribonucleotide. The primer must be sufficiently long to prime the synthesis of extension products in the presence of the inducing agent. The exact lengths of the primers depend on many factors, including temperature, source of primer and the use of the method.
  • A primer is selected to be “substantially” complementary to a strand of specific sequence of the template. A primer must be sufficiently complementary to hybridize with a template strand for primer elongation to occur. A primer sequence need not reflect the exact sequence of the template. For example, a non-complementary nucleotide fragment can be attached to the 5′ end of the primer, with the remainder of the primer sequence being substantially complementary to the strand. Non-complementary bases or longer sequences can be interspersed into the primer, provided that the primer sequence has sufficient complementarity with the sequence of the template to hybridize and thereby form a template primer complex for synthesis of the extension product of the primer.
  • The term “probe” refers to an oligonucleotide (i.e., a sequence of nucleotides), whether occurring naturally as in a purified restriction digest or produced synthetically, recombinantly or by PCR amplification, which is capable of hybridizing to another oligonucleotide of interest. A probe can be single-stranded or double-stranded. Probes are useful in the detection, identification and isolation of particular gene sequences. It is contemplated that any probe used in the present invention can be labeled with any “reporter molecule,” so that is detectable in any detection system, including, but not limited to fluorescent, enzyme (e.g., ELISA, as well as enzyme-based histochemical assays), radioactive, quantum dots, and luminescent systems. It is not intended that the present invention be limited to any particular detection system or label.
  • The term “template,” refers to nucleic acid that is to acted upon, such as nucleic acid that is to be mixed with polymerase. In some cases “template” is sought to be sorted out from other nucleic acid sequences. “Substantially single-stranded template” is nucleic acid that is either completely single-stranded (having no double-stranded areas) or single-stranded except for a proportionately small area of double-stranded nucleic acid (such as the area defined by a hybridized primer or the area defined by intramolecular bonding). “Substantially double-stranded template” is nucleic acid that is either completely double-stranded (having no single-stranded region) or double-stranded except for a proportionately small area of single-stranded nucleic acid.
  • III. Sequencing Apparatuses
  • A. Basic Features of the Apparatuses
  • The apparatuses comprise microfabricated channels to which polynucleotide templates to be sequenced are attached. Optionally, the apparatuses comprise plumbing components (e.g., pumps, valves, and connecting channels) for flowing reaction reagents. The apparatuses can also comprise an array of reservoirs for storing reaction reagents (e.g., the polymerase, each type of nucleotides, and other reagents can each be stored in a different reservoir).
  • The microfabricated components of the apparatuses all have a basic “flow channel” structure. The term “flow channel” or “microfabricated flow channel” refers to recess in a structure which can contain a flow of fluid or gas. The polynucleotide templates are attached to the interior surface of microfabricated channels in which synthesis occurs. For consistency and clarity, the flow channels are termed “synthesis channel” when referring to such specific use. The microfabricated flow channels can also be actuated to function as the plumbing components (e.g., micro-pumps, micro-valves, or connecting channels) of the apparatuses.
  • In some applications, microfabricated flow channels are cast on a chip (e.g., a elastomeric chip). Synthesis channels are formed by bonding the chip to a flat substrate (e.g., a glass cover slip) which seals the channel. Thus, one side of the synthesis channel is provided by the flat substrate. Typically, the polynucleotide templates are attached to the interior surface of the substrate within the synthesis channel.
  • The plumbing components can be microfabricated as described in the present invention. For example, the apparatuses can contain in an integrated system a flow cell in which a plurality of synthesis channels are present, and fluidic components (such as micro-pumps, micro-valves, and connecting channels) for controlling the flow of the reagents into and out of the flow cell. Alternatively, the sequencing apparatuses of the present invention utilize plumbing devices described in, e.g., Zdeblick et al., A Microminiature Electric-to-Fluidic Valve, Proceedings of the 4th International Conference on Solid State Transducers and Actuators, 1987; Shoji et al., Smallest Dead Volume Microvalves for Integrated Chemical Analyzing Systems, Proceedings of Transducers '91, San Francisco, 1991; Vieider et al., A Pneumatically Actuated Micro Valve with a Silicon Rubber Membrane for Integration with Fluid Handling Systems, Proceedings of Transducers '95, Stockholm, 1995.
  • As noted above, at least some of the components of the apparatuses are microfabricated. Employment of microfabricated synthesis channels and/or microfabricated plumbing components significantly reduce the dead volume and decrease the amount of time needed to exchange reagents, which in turn increase the throughput. Microfabrication refers to feature dimensions on the micron level, with at least one dimension of the microfabricated structure being less than 1000 μm. In some apparatuses, only the synthesis channels are microfabricated. In some apparatuses, in addition to the synthesis channels, the valves, pumps, and connecting channels are also microfabricated. Unless otherwise specified, the discussion below of microfabrication is applicable to production of all microfabricated components of the sequencing apparatuses (e.g., the synthesis channels in which sequencing reactions occur, and the valves, pumps, and connecting channels for controlling reagents flow to the synthesis channels).
  • Various materials can be used to fabricate the microfabricated components (see, e.g., Unger et al., Science 288:113-116, 2000). Preferably, elastomeric materials are used. Thus, in some apparatuses, the integrated (i.e., monolithic) microstructures are made out of various layers of elastomer bonded together. By bonding these various elastomeric layers together, the recesses extending along the various elastomeric layers form flow channels through the resulting monolithic, integral elastomeric structure.
  • In general, the microfabricated structures (e.g., synthesis channels, pumps, valves, and connecting channels) have widths of about 0.01 to 1000 microns, and a width-to-depth ratios of between 0.1:1 to 100:1. Preferably, the width is in the range of 10 to 200 microns, a width-to-depth ratio of 3:1 to 15:1.
  • B . Microfabrication with Elastomeric Materials
  • 1. Basic Methods of Microfabrication
  • Various methods can be used to produce the microfabricated components of the sequencing apparatuses of the present invention. Fabrication of the microchannels, valves, pumps can be performed as described in Unger et al., Science 288:113-116, 2000, which is incorporated herein by reference. In some methods (FIGS. 1 to 7B, pre-cured elastomer layers are assembled and bonded to produce a flow channel. As illustrated in FIG. 1, a first micro-machined mold 10 is provided. Micro-machined mold 10 can be fabricated by a number of conventional silicon processing methods, including but not limited to photolithography, ion-milling, and electron beam lithography. The micro-machined mold 10 has a raised line or protrusion 11 extending therealong. A first elastomeric layer 20 is cast on top of mold 10 such that a first recess 21 can be formed in the bottom surface of elastomeric layer 20, (recess 21 corresponding in dimension to protrusion 11), as shown.
  • As can be seen in FIG. 2, a second micro-machined mold 12 having a raised protrusion 13 extending therealong is also provided. A second elastomeric layer 22 is cast on top of mold 12, as shown, such that a recess 23 can be formed in its bottom surface corresponding to the dimensions of protrusion 13.
  • As can be seen in the sequential steps illustrated in FIGS. 3 and 4, second elastomeric layer 22 is then removed from mold 12 and placed on top of first elastomeric layer 20. As can be seen, recess 23 extending along the bottom surface of second elastomeric layer 22 forms a flow channel 32.
  • Referring to FIG. 5, the separate first and second elastomeric layers 20 and 22 (FIG. 4) are then bonded together to form an integrated (i.e.:monolithic) elastomeric structure 24.
  • As can been seen in the sequential step of FIGS. 6 and 7A, elastomeric structure 24 is then removed from mold 10 and positioned on top of a planar substrate 14. As can be seen in FIGS. 7A and 7B, when elastomeric structure 24 has been sealed at its bottom surface to planar substrate 14, recess 21 forms a flow channel 30.
  • The present elastomeric structures form a reversible hermetic seal with nearly any smooth planar substrate. An advantage to forming a seal this way is that the elastomeric structures can be peeled up, washed, and re-used. In some apparatuses, planar substrate 14 is glass. A further advantage of using glass is that glass is transparent, allowing optical interrogation of elastomer channels and reservoirs. Alternatively, the elastomeric structure can be bonded onto a flat elastomer layer by the same method as described above, forming a permanent and high-strength bond. This can prove advantageous when higher back pressures are used.
  • In some methods, microfabrication involves curing each layer of elastomer “in place” (FIGS. 8 to 18). In these methods, flow and control channels arc defined by first patterning sacrificial layer on the surface of an elastomeric layer (or other substrate, which can include glass) leaving a raised line of sacrificial layer where a channel is desired. Next, a second layer of elastomer is added thereover and a second sacrificial layer is patterned on the second layer of elastomer leaving a raised line of sacrificial layer where a channel is desired. A third layer of elastomer is deposited thereover. Finally, the sacrificial layer is removed by dissolving it out of the elastomer with an appropriate solvent, with the voids formed by removal of the sacrificial layer becoming the flow channels passing through the substrate.
  • Referring first to FIG. 8, a planar substrate 40 is provided. A first elastomeric layer 42 is then deposited and cured on top of planar substrate 40. Referring to FIG. 9, a first sacrificial layer 44A is then deposited over the top of elastomeric layer 42. Referring to FIG. 10, a portion of sacrificial layer 44A is removed such that only a first line of sacrificial layer 44B remains as shown. Referring to FIG. 11, a second elastomeric layer 46 is then deposited over the top of first elastomeric layer 42 and over the first line of sacrificial layer 44B as shown, thereby encasing first line of sacrificial layer 44B between first elastomeric layer 42 and second elastomeric layer 46. Referring to FIG. 12, elastomeric layers 46 is then cured on layer 42 to bond the layers together to form a monolithic elastomeric substrate 45.
  • Referring to FIG. 13, a second sacrificial layer 48A is then deposited over elastomeric structure 45. Referring to FIG. 14, a portion of second sacrificial layer 48A is removed, leaving only a second sacrificial layer 48B on top of elastomeric structure 45 as shown. Referring to FIG. 15, a third elastomeric layer 50 is then deposited over the top of elastomeric structure 45 (comprised of second elastomeric layer 42 and first line of sacrificial layer 44B) and second sacrificial layer 48B as shown, thereby encasing the second line of sacrificial layer 48B between elastomeric structure 45 and third elastomeric layer 50.
  • Referring to FIG. 16, third elastomeric layer 50 and elastomeric structure 45 (comprising first elastomeric layer 42 and second elastomeric layer 46 bonded together) is then bonded together forming a monolithic elastomeric structure 47 having sacrificial layers 44B and 48B passing therethrough as shown. Referring to FIG. 17, sacrificial layers 44B and 48B are then removed (for example, by an solvent) such that a first flow channel 60 and a second flow channel 62 are provided in their place, passing through elastomeric structure 47 as shown. Lastly, referring to FIG. 18, planar substrate 40 can be removed from the bottom of the integrated monolithic structure.
  • 2. Multilayer Construction
  • Soft lithographic bonding can be used to construct an integrated system which contains multiple flow channels. A heterogenous bonding can be used in which different layers are of different chemistries. For example, the bonding process used to bind respective elastomeric layers together can comprise bonding together two layers of RTV 615 silicone. RTV 615 silicone is a two-part addition-cure silicone rubber. Part A contains vinyl groups and catalyst; part B contains silicon hydride (Si—H) groups. The conventional ratio for RTV 615 is 10A:1B. For bonding, one layer can be made with 30A:1B (i.e. excess vinyl groups) and the other with 3A:1B (i.e. excess Si—H groups). Each layer is cured separately. When the two layers are brought into contact and heated at elevated temperature, they bond irreversibly forming a monolithic elastomeric substrate.
  • A homogenous bonding can also be used in which all layers are of the same chemistry. For example, elastomeric structures are formed utilizing Sylgard 182, 184 or 186, or aliphatic urethane diacrylates such as (but not limited to) Ebecryl 270 or Irr 245 from UCB Chemical. For example, two-layer elastomeric structures were fabricated from pure acrylated Urethane Ebe 270. A thin bottom layer was spin coated at 8000 rpm for 15 seconds at 170° C. The top and bottom layers were initially cured under ultraviolet light for 10 minutes under nitrogen utilizing a Model ELC 500 device manufactured by Electrolite corporation. The assembled layers were then cured for an additional 30 minutes. Reaction was catalyzed by a 0.5% vol/vol mixture of Irgacure 500 manufactured by Ciba-Geigy Chemicals. The resulting elastomeric material exhibited moderate elasticity and adhesion to glass.
  • In some applications, two-layer elastomeric structures were fabricated from a combination of 25% Ebe 270/50% Irr 245/25% isopropyl alcohol for a thin bottom layer, and pure acrylated Urethane Ebe 270 as a top layer. The thin bottom layer was initially cured for 5 min, and the top layer initially cured for 10 minutes, under ultraviolet light under nitrogen utilizing a Model ELC 500 device manufactured by Electrolite corporation. The assembled layers were then cured for an additional 30 minutes. Reaction was catalyzed by a 0.5% vol/vol mixture of Irgacure 500 manufactured by Ciba-Geigy Chemicals. The resulting elastomeric material exhibited moderate elasticity and adhered to glass.
  • Where encapsulation of sacrificial layers is employed to fabricate the elastomer structure as described above in FIGS. 8-18, bonding of successive elastomeric layers can be accomplished by pouring uncured elastomer over a previously cured elastomeric layer and any sacrificial material patterned thereupon. Bonding between elastomer layers occurs due to interpenetration and reaction of the polymer chains of an uncured elastomer layer with the polymer chains of a cured elastomer layer. Subsequent curing of the elastomeric layer creates a bond between the elastomeric layers and create a monolithic elastomeric structure.
  • Referring to the first method of FIGS. 1 to 7B, first elastomeric layer 20 can be created by spin-coating an RTV mixture on microfabricated mold 12 at 2000 rpm's for 30 seconds yielding a thickness of approximately 40 microns. Second elastomeric layer 22 can be created by spin-coating an RTV mixture on microfabricated mold 11. Both layers 20 and 22 can be separately baked or cured at about 80° C. for 1.5 hours. The second elastomeric layer 22 can be bonded onto first elastomeric layer 20 at about 80° C. for about 1.5 hours.
  • Micromachined molds 10 and 12 can be patterned sacrificial layer on silicon wafers. In an exemplary aspect, a Shipley SJR 5740 sacrificial layer was spun at 2000 rpm patterned with a high resolution transparency film as a mask and then developed yielding an inverse channel of approximately 10 microns in height. When baked at approximately 200° C. for about 30 minutes, the sacrificial layer reflows and the inverse channels become rounded. In preferred aspects, the molds can be treated with trimethylchlorosilane (TMCS) vapor for about a minute before each use in order to prevent adhesion of silicone rubber.
  • 3. Suitable Materials
  • Allcock et al, Contemporary Polymer Chemistry, 2nd Ed. describes elastomers in general as polymers existing at a temperature between their glass transition temperature and liquefaction temperature. Elastomeric materials exhibit elastic properties because the polymer chains readily undergo torsional motion to permit uncoiling of the backbone chains in response to a force, with the backbone chains recoiling to assume the prior shape in the absence of the force. In general, elastomers deform when force is applied, but then return to their original shape when the force is removed. The elasticity exhibited by elastomeric materials can be characterized by a Young's modulus. Elastomeric materials having a Young's modulus of between about 1 Pa-1 TPa, more preferably between about 10 Pa-100 GPa, more preferably between about 20 Pa-1 GPa, more preferably between about 50 Pa-10 MPa, and more preferably between about 100 Pa-1 MPa are useful in accordance with the present invention, although elastomeric materials having a Young's modulus outside of these ranges could also be utilized depending upon the needs of a particular application.
  • The systems of the present invention can be fabricated from a wide variety of elastomers. For example, elastomeric layers 20, 22, 42, 46 and 50 can preferably be fabricated from silicone rubber. In some applications, microstructures of the present systems are fabricated from an elastomeric polymer such as GE RTV 615 (formulation), a vinyl-silane crosslinked (type) silicone elastomer (family). An important requirement for the preferred method of fabrication is the ability to bond multiple layers of elastomers together. In the case of multilayer soft lithography, layers of elastomer are cured separately and then bonded together. This scheme requires that cured layers possess sufficient reactivity to bond together. Either the layers can be of the same type, and are capable of bonding to themselves, or they can be of two different types, and are capable of bonding to each other. Other possibilities include the use an adhesive between layers and the use of thermoset elastomers.
  • Given the tremendous diversity of polymer chemistries, precursors, synthetic methods, reaction conditions, and potential additives, there are a huge number of possible elastomer systems that could be used to make monolithic elastomeric microstructures. Variations in the materials used most likely are driven by the need for particular material properties, i.e. solvent resistance, stiffness, gas permeability, or temperature stability.
  • Common elastomeric polymers include, but are not limited to, polyisoprene, polybutadiene, polychloroprene, polyisobutylene, poly(styrene-butadiene-styrene), the polyurethanes, and silicones. The following is a non-exclusive list of elastomeric materials which can be utilized in connection with the present invention: polyisoprene, polybutadiene, polychloroprene, polyisobutylene, poly(styrene-butadiene-styrene), the polyurethanes, and silicone polymers; or poly(bis(fluoroalkoxy)phosphazene) (PNF, Eypel-F), poly(carborane-siloxanes) (Dexsil), poly(acrylonitrile-butadiene) (nitrile rubber), poly(1-butene), poly(chlorotrifluoroethylene-vinylidene fluoride) copolymers (Kel-F), poly(ethyl vinyl ether), poly(vinylidene fluoride), poly(vinylidene fluoride-hexafluoropropylene) copolymer (Viton), elastomeric compositions of polyvinylchloride (PVC), polysulfone, polycarbonate, polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA), and polytertrafluoroethylene (Teflon).
  • In addition, polymers incorporating materials such as chlorosilanes or methyl-, ethyl-, and phenylsilanes, and polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) such as Dow Chemical Corp. Sylgard 182, 184 or 186, or aliphatic urethane diacrylates such as (but not limited to) Ebecryl 270 or Irr 245 from UCB Chemical can also be used.
  • In some methods, elastomers can also be “doped” with uncrosslinkable polymer chains of the same class. For instance RTV 615 can be diluted with GE SF96-50 Silicone Fluid. This serves to reduce the viscosity of the uncured elastomer and reduces the Young's modulus of the cured elastomer. Essentially, the crosslink-capable polymer chains are spread further apart by the addition of “inert” polymer chains, so this is called “dilution”. RTV 615 cures at up to 90% dilution, with a dramatic reduction in Young's modulus.
  • Other examples of doping of elastomer material can include the introduction of electrically conducting or magnetic species. Should it be desired, doping with fine particles of material having an index of retraction different than the elastomeric material (i.e. silica, diamond, sapphire) is also contemplated as a system for altering the refractive index of the material. Strongly absorbing or opaque particles can be added to render the elastomer colored or opaque to incident radiation. This can conceivably be beneficial in an optically addressable system.
  • 4. Dimensions of the Microfabricated Structures
  • Some flow channels (30, 32, 60 and 62) preferably have width-to-depth ratios of about 10:1. A non-exclusive list of other ranges of width-to-depth ratios in accordance with the present invention is 0.1:1 to 100:1, more preferably 1:1 to 50:1, more preferably 2:1 to 20:1, and most preferably 3:1 to 15:1. In an exemplary aspect, flow channels 30, 32, 60 and 62 have widths of about 1 to 1000 microns. A non-exclusive list of other ranges of widths of flow channels in accordance with the present invention is 0.01 to 1000 microns, more preferably 0.05 to 1000 microns, more preferably 0.2 to 500 microns, more preferably 1 to 250 microns, and most preferably 10 to 200 microns. Exemplary channel widths include 0.1 μm, 1 μm, 2 μm, 5 μm, 10 μm, 20 μm, 30 μm, 40 μm, 50 μm, 60 μm, 70 μm, 80 μm, 90 μm, 100 μm, 110 μm, 120 μm, 130 μm, 140 μm, 150 μm, 160 μm, 170 μm, 180 μm, 190 μm, 200 μm, 210 μm, 220 μm, 230 μm, 240 μm, and 250 μm.
  • Flow channels 30, 32, 60, and 62 have depths of about 1 to 100 microns. A non-exclusive list of other ranges of depths of flow channels in accordance with the present invention is 0.01 to 1000 microns, more preferably 0.05 to 500 microns, more preferably 0.2 to 250 microns, and more preferably 1 to 100 microns, more preferably 2 to 20 microns, and most preferably 5 to 10 microns. Exemplary channel depths include including 0.01 μm, 0.02 μm, 0.05 μm, 0.1 μm, 0.2 μm, 0.5 μm, 1 μm, 2 μm, 3 μm, 4 μm, 5 μm, 7.5 μμm, 10 μm, 12.5 μm, 15 μm, 17.5 μm, 20 μm, 22.5 μm, 25 μm, 30 μm, 40 μm, 50 μm, 75 μm, 100 μm, 150 μm, 200 μm, and 250 μm.
  • The flow channels are not limited to these specific dimension ranges and examples given above, and can vary in width in order to affect the magnitude of force required to deflect the membrane as discussed at length below in conjunction with FIG. 21. For example, extremely narrow flow channels having a width on the order of 0.01 μm can be useful in optical and other applications, as discussed in detail below. Elastomeric structures which include portions having channels of even greater width than described above are also contemplated by the present invention, and examples of applications of utilizing such wider flow channels include fluid reservoir and mixing channel structures.
  • Elastomeric layer 22 can be cast thick for mechanical stability. In an exemplary embodiment, layer 22 is 50 microns to several centimeters thick, and more preferably approximately 4 mm thick. A nonexclusive list of ranges of thickness of the elastomer layer in accordance with other embodiments of the present invention is between about 0.1 micron to 10 cm, 1 micron to 5 cm, 10 microns to 2 cm, 100 microns to 10 mm.
  • Accordingly, membrane 25 of FIG. 7B separating flow channels 30 and 32 has a typical thickness of between about 0.01 and 1000 microns, more preferably 0.05 to 500 microns, more preferably 0.2 to 250, more preferably 1 to 100 microns, more preferably 2 to 50 microns, and most preferably 5 to 40 microns. As such, the thickness of elastomeric layer 22 is about 100 times the thickness of elastomeric layer 20. Exemplary membrane thicknesses include 0.01 μm, 0.02 μm, 0.03 μm, 0.05 μm, 0.1 μm, 0.2 μm, 0.3 μm, 0.5 μm, 1 μm, 2 μm, 3 μm, 5 μm, 7.5 μm, 10 μm, 12.5 μm, 15 μm, 17.5 m, 20 μm, 22.5 μm, 25 μm, 30 μm, 40 μm, 50 μm, 75 μm, 100 μm, 150 μm, 200 μm, 250 μm, 300 μm, 400 μm, 500 μm, 750 μm, and 1000 μm.
  • Similarly, first elastomeric layer 42 can have a preferred thickness about equal to that of elastomeric layer 20 or 22; second elastomeric layer 46 can have a preferred thickness about equal to that of elastomeric layer 20; and third elastomeric layer 50 can have a preferred thickness about equal to that of elastomeric layer 22.
  • C. Operation of the Microfabricated Components
  • FIGS. 7B and 7C together show the closing of a first flow channel by pressurizing a second flow channel, with FIG. 7B (a front sectional view cutting through flow channel 32 in corresponding FIG. 7A), showing an open first flow channel 30; with FIG. 7C showing first flow channel 30 closed by pressurization of the second flow channel 32. Referring to FIG. 7B, first flow channel 30 and second flow channel 32 are shown. Membrane separates the flow channels, forming the top of first flow channel 30 and the bottom of second flow channel 32. As can be seen, flow channel 30 is “open”.
  • As can be seen in FIG. 7C, pressurization of flow channel 32 (either by gas or liquid introduced therein) causes membrane 25 to deflect downward, thereby pinching off flow F passing through flow channel 30. Accordingly, by varying the pressure in channel 32, a linearly actuable valving system is provided such that flow channel 30 can be opened or closed by moving membrane 25 as desired.
  • It is to be understood that exactly the same valve opening and closing methods can be achieved with flow channels 60 and 62. Since such valves are actuated by moving the roof of the channels themselves (i.e., moving membrane 25), valves and pumps produced by this technique have a truly zero dead volume, and switching valves made by this technique have a dead volume approximately equal to the active volume of the valve, for example about 100×100×10 μm=100 pL. Such dead volumes and areas consumed by the moving membrane are approximately two orders of magnitude smaller than known conventional microvalves. Smaller and larger valves and switching valves are contemplated in the present invention, and a non-exclusive list of ranges of dead volume includes 1 aL to 1 uL, 100 aL to 100 nL, 1 fL to 10 nL, 100 fL to 1 nL, and 1 pL to 100 pL
  • The extremely small volumes capable of being delivered by pumps and valves in accordance with the present invention represent a substantial advantage. Specifically, the smallest known volumes of fluid capable of being manually metered is around 0.1 μl. The smallest known volumes capable of being metered by automated systems is about ten-times larger (1 μl). Utilizing pumps and valves of the present invention, volumes of liquid of 10 nl or smaller can routinely be metered and dispensed. The accurate metering of extremely small volumes of fluid enabled by the present invention would be extremely valuable in a large number of biological applications, including diagnostic tests and assays.
  • FIGS. 21 a and 21 b illustrate valve opening vs. applied pressure for a 100 μm wide first flow channel 30 and a 50 μm wide second flow channel 32. The membrane of this device was formed by a layer of General Electric Silicones RTV 615 having a thickness of approximately 30 .mu.m and a Young's modulus of approximately 750 kPa. FIGS. 21 a and 21 b show the extent of opening of the valve to be substantially linear over most of the range of applied pressures.
  • Air pressure was applied to actuate the membrane of the device through a 10 cm long piece of plastic tubing having an outer diameter of 0.025″ connected to a 25 mm piece of stainless steel hypodermic tubing with an outer diameter of 0.025″ and an inner diameter of 0.013″. This tubing was placed into contact with the control channel by insertion into the elastomeric block in a direction normal to the control channel. Air pressure was applied to the hypodermic tubing from an external LHDA miniature solenoid valve manufactured by Lee Co.
  • The response of valves of the present invention is almost perfectly linear over a large portion of its range of travel, with minimal hysteresis. While valves and pumps do not require linear actuation to open and close, linear response does allow valves to more easily be used as metering devices. In some applications, the opening of the valve is used to control flow rate by being partially actuated to a known degree of closure. Linear valve actuation makes it easier to determine the amount of actuation force required to close the valve to a desired degree of closure. Another benefit of linear actuation is that the force required for valve actuation can be easily determined from the pressure in the flow channel. If actuation is linear, increased pressure in the flow channel can be countered by adding the same pressure (force per unit area) to the actuated portion of the valve.
  • D. Schematic Illustration of the Elastomeric Apparatuses
  • An exemplary sequencing system is illustrated in FIG. 25. Four reservoirs 150A, 150B, 150C and 150D have labeled nucleotides A, C, T and G respectively disposed therein. Four flow channels 30A, 30B, 30C and 30D are connected to reservoirs 150A, 150B, 150C and 150D. Four control lines 32A, 32B, 32C and 32D (shown in phantom) are disposed thereacross with control line 32A permitting flow only through flow channel 30A (i.e.:sealing flow channels 30B, 30C and 30D), when control line 32A is pressurized. Similarly, control line 32B permits flow only through flow channel 30B when pressurized. As such, the selective pressurization of control lines 32A, 32B, 32C and 32D sequentially selects a desired nucleotide (A, C, T or G) from a desired reservoir (150A, 150B, 150C or 150D). The fluid then passes through flow channel 120 into a multiplexed channel flow controller 125, which in turn directs fluid flow into one or more of a plurality of synthesis channels or reaction chambers 122A, 122B, 122C, 122D or 122E in which solid phase synthesis can be carried out.
  • FIG. 26 illustrates a further extension of the system shown in FIG. 25. It has a plurality of reservoirs R1 to R13. These reservoirs can contain the labeled nucleotides, nucleotide polymerase, or reagents for coating the surface of the synthesis channel and attaching polynucleotide templates (see below for further discussion). The reservoirs are connected to systems 200 as set forth in FIG. 25. Systems 200 are connected to a multiplexed channel flow controller 125, which is in turn connected to a plurality of synthesis channels or reaction chambers. An advantage of this system is that both of multiplexed channel flow controllers 125 and fluid selection systems 200 can be controlled by the same pressure inputs 170 and 172, provided a “ close horizontal” and a “ close vertical” control lines (160 and 162, in phantom) are also provided.
  • Some apparatuses comprise a plurality of selectively addressable reaction chambers that are disposed along a flow channel. In these apparatuses, the polynucleotide templates can be attached to the surface of the reaction chambers instead of the surface of flow channels. An exemplary embodiment of such apparatuses is illustrated in FIGS. 22A, 22B, 22C and 22D. It is a system for selectively directing fluid flow into one or more of a plurality of reaction chambers disposed along a flow channel.
  • FIG. 22A shows a top view of a flow channel 30 having a plurality of reaction chambers 80A and 80B disposed therealong. Preferably flow channel 30 and reaction chambers 80A and 80B are formed together as recesses into the bottom surface of a first layer 100 of elastomer.
  • FIG. 22B shows a bottom plan view of another elastomeric layer 110 with two control lines 32A and 32B each being generally narrow, but having wide extending portions 33A and 33B formed as recesses therein.
  • As seen in the exploded view of FIG. 22C, and assembled view of FIG. 22D, elastomeric layer 110 is placed over elastomeric layer 100. Layers 100 and 110 are then bonded together, and the integrated system operates to selectively direct fluid flow F (through flow channel 30) into either or both of reaction chambers 80A and 80B, as follows. Pressurization of control line 32A will cause the membrane 25 (i.e.: the thin portion of elastomer layer 100 located below extending portion 33A and over regions 82A of reaction chamber 80A) to become depressed, thereby shutting off fluid flow passage in regions 82A, effectively sealing reaction chamber 80 from flow channel 30. As can also be seen, extending portion 33A is wider than the remainder of control line 32A. As such, pressurization of control line 32A will not result in control line 32A sealing flow channel 30.
  • As can be appreciated, either or both of control lines 32A and 32B can be actuated at once. When both control lines 32A and 32B are pressurized together, sample flow in flow channel 30 will enter neither of reaction chambers 80A or 80B.
  • The concept of selectably controlling fluid introduction into various addressable reaction chambers disposed along a flow line (FIG. 22) can be combined with concept of selectably controlling fluid flow through one or more of a plurality of parallel flow lines (FIG. 21) to yield a system in which a fluid sample or samples can be sent to any particular reaction chamber in an array of reaction chambers. An example of such a system is provided in FIG. 23, in which parallel control channels 32A, 32B and 32C with extending portions 34 (all shown in phantom) selectively direct fluid flows F1 and F2 into any of the array of reaction wells 80A, 80B, 80C or 80D as explained above; while pressurization of control lines 32C and 32D selectively shuts off flows F2 and F1, respectively.
  • In yet another embodiment, fluid passage between parallel flow channels is possible. Referring to FIG. 24, either or both of control lines 32A or 32D can be depressurized such that fluid flow through lateral passageways 35 (between parallel flow- channels 30A and 30B) is permitted. In this aspect of the invention, pressurization of control lines 32C and 32D would shut flow channel 30A between 35A and 35B, and would also shut lateral passageways 35B. As such, flow entering as flow F1 would sequentially travel through 30A, 35A and leave 30B as flow F4.
  • E. Non-elastomer Based Apparatuses
  • As discussed above, while elastomers are preferred materials for fabricating the sequencing apparatuses of the present invention, non-elastomer based microfluidic devices can also be used in the apparatuses of the present invention. In some applications, the sequencing apparatuses utilize microfluidics based on conventional micro-electro-mechanical system (MEMS) technology. Methods of producing conventional MEMS microfluidic systems such as bulk micro-machining and surface micro-machining have been described, e.g., in Terry et al., A Gas Chromatographic Air Analyzer Fabricated on a Silicon Wafer, IEEE Trans. on Electron Devices, v. ED-26, pp. 1880-1886, 1979; and Berg et al., Micro Total Analysis Systems, New York, Kluwer, 1994.
  • Bulk micro-machining is a subtractive fabrication method whereby single crystal silicon is lithographically patterned and then etched to form three-dimensional structures. For example, bulk micromachining technology, which includes the use of glass wafer processing, silicon-to-glass wafer bonding, has been commonly used to fabricate individual microfluidic components. This glass-bonding technology has also been used to fabricate microfluidic systems.
  • Surface micro-machining is an additive method where layers of semiconductor-type materials such as polysilicon, silicon nitride, silicon dioxide, and various metals are sequentially added and patterned to make three-dimensional structures. Surface micromachining technology can be used to fabricate individual fluidic components as well as microfluidic systems with on-chip electronics. In addition, unlike bonded-type devices, hermetic channels can be built in a relatively simple manner using channel walls made of polysilicon (see, e.g., Webster et al., Monolithic Capillary Gel Electrophoresis Stage with On-Chip Detector, in International Conference on Micro Electromechanical Systems, MEMS 96, pp. 491-496, 1996), silicon nitride (see, e.g., Mastrangelo et al., Vacuum-Sealed Silicon Micromachined Incandescent Light Source, in Intl. Electron Devices Meeting, IDEM 89, pp. 503-506, 1989), and silicon dioxide.
  • In some applications, electrokinetic flow based microfluidics can be employed in the sequencing apparatuses of the present invention. Briefly, these systems direct reagents flow within an interconnected channel and/or chamber containing structure through the application of electrical fields to the reagents. The electrokinetic systems concomitantly regulate voltage gradients applied across at least two intersecting channels. Such systems are described, e.g., in WO 96/04547 and U.S. Pat. No. 6,107,044.
  • An exemplary electrokinetic flow based microfluidic device can have a body structure which includes at least two intersecting channels or fluid conduits, e.g., interconnected, enclosed chambers, which channels include at least three unintersected termini. The intersection of two channels refers to a point at which two or more channels are in fluid communication with each other, and encompasses “T” intersections, cross intersections, “wagon wheel” intersections of multiple channels, or any other channel geometry where two or more channels are in such fluid communication. An unintersected terminus of a channel is a point at which a channel terminates not as a result of that channel's intersection with another channel, e.g., a “T” intersection.
  • In some electrokinetic flow based apparatuses, at least three intersecting channels having at least four unintersected termini are present. In a basic cross channel structure, where a single horizontal channel is intersected and crossed by a single vertical channel, controlled electrokinetic transport operates to direct reagent flow through the intersection, by providing constraining flows from the other channels at the intersection. Simple electrokinetic flow of this reagent across the intersection could be accomplished by applying a voltage gradient across the length of the horizontal channel, i.e., applying a first voltage to the left terminus of this channel, and a second, lower voltage to the right terminus of this channel, or by allowing the right terminus to float (applying no voltage).
  • In some other applications, the apparatus comprises a microfabricated flow cell with external mini-fluidics. Such an apparatus is illustrated in FIG. 27. The glass cover slip can be anodically bonded to the surface of the flow cell. The interrogation region is 100 μm×100 μm×100 μm, while the input and output channels are 100 μm×100 μm×100 μm. Holes for the attachment of plumbing are etched at the ends of the channels. For such apparatuses, the fluidics can be external. Plumbing can be performed with standard HPLC components, e.g., from Upchurch and Hamilton. In the interrogation region, the polynucleotide template is attached to the surface with standard avidin-biotin chemistry. Multiple copies of templates can be attached to the apparatus. For example, for a 7 kb template, the radius of gyration is approximately 0.2 μm. Therefore, about 105 molecules can be attached while preventing the molecules from touching. Reagent switching can be accomplished with, e.g., an Upchurch six port injection valve and driven by, e.g., a Thar Designs motor. Fluid can be pumped with a syringe pump. The detection system can be an external optical microscope, with the objective being in close proximity to the glass cover slip.
  • IV. Analysis of Polynucleotide Sequences
  • A. Template Preparation and Attachment to Surface of Synthesis Channel
  • 1. The General Scheme
  • In some applications, the polynucleotides to be analyzed are first cloned in single-stranded M13 plasmid (see, e.g., Current Protocols In Molecular Biology, Ausubel, et al., eds., John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1995; and Sambrook, et al., Molecular Cloning. A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Press, 1989). The single stranded plasmid is primed by 5′-biotinylated primers (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,484,701), and double stranded plasmid can then be synthesized. The double stranded circle is then linearized, and the biotinylated strand is purified. In some methods, templates of around 100 bp in length are analyzed. In some methods, templates to be sequenced are about 1 kb in length. In other methods, templates that can be analyzed have a length of about 3 kb, 10 kb, or 20 kb.
  • Primer annealing is performed under conditions which are stringent enough to achieve sequence specificity yet sufficiently permissive to allow formation of stable hybrids at an acceptable rate. The temperature and length of time required for primer annealing depend upon several factors including the base composition, length and concentration of the primer, and the nature of the solvent used, e.g., the concentration of DMSO, formamide, or glycerol, and counter ions such as magnesium. Typically, hybridization with synthetic polynucleotides is carried out at a temperature that is approximately 5 to 10° C. below the melting temperature of the target-primer hybrid in the annealing solvent. Preferably, the annealing temperature is in the range of 55 to 75° C. and the primer concentration is approximately 0.2 μM. Under these preferred conditions, the annealing reaction can be complete in only a few seconds.
  • The single stranded polynucleotide templates to be analyzed can be DNA or RNA. They can comprise naturally occurring and or non-naturally occurring nucleotides. Templates suitable for analysis according to the present invention can have various sizes. For example, the template can have a length of 100 bp, 200 bp, 500 bp, 1 kb, 3 kb, 10 kb, or 20 kb.
  • In some methods, the templates are immobilized to the surface of the synthesis channels (e.g., 122A-122E in FIG. 25). By immobilizing the templates, unincorporated nucleotides can be removed from the synthesis channels by a washing step. The templates can be immobilized to the surface prior to hybridization to the primer. The templates can also be hybridized to the primers first and then immobilize to the surface. Alternatively, the primers are immobilized to the surface, and the templates are attached to the synthesis channels through hybridization to the primers.
  • Various methods can be used to immobilize the templates or the primers to the surface of the synthesis channels or reaction chambers. The immobilization can be achieved through direct or indirect bonding of the templates to the surface. The bonding can be by covalent linkage. See, Joos et al., Analytical Biochemistry 247:96-101, 1997; Oroskar et al., Clin. Chem 42:1547-1555, 1996; and Khandjian, Mole. Bio. Rep. 11:107-115, 1986. The bonding can also be through non-covalent linkage. For example, Biotin-streptavidin (Taylor et al., J. Phys. D. Appl. Phys. 24:1443, 1991) and digoxigenin and anti-digoxigenin (Smith et al., Science 253: 1122, 1992) are common tools for attaching polynucleotides to surfaces and parallels. Alternatively, the bonding can be achieved by anchoring a hydrophobic chain into a lipidic monolayer or bilayer.
  • When biotin-streptavidin linkage is used to immobilize the templates, the templates are biotinylated, and one surface of the synthesis channels are coated with streptavidin. Since streptavidin is a tetramer, it has four biotin binding sites per molecule. Thus, in order to coat a surface with streptavidin, the surface can be biotinylated first, and then one of the four binding sites of streptavidin can be used to anchor the protein to the surface, leaving the other sites free to bind the biotinylated template (see, Taylor et al., J. Phys. D. Appl. Phys. 24:1443, 1991). Such treatment leads to a high density of streptavidin on the surface of the synthesis channel, allowing a correspondingly high density of template coverage. Reagents for biotinylating a surface can be obtained, for example, from Vector laboratories.
  • In some applications, the substrate or synthesis channel is pretreated to create surface chemistry that facilitates attachment of the polynucleotide templates and subsequent synthesis reactions. In some methods, the surface is coated with a polyelectrolyte multilayer (PEM). Attachment of templates to PEM-coated surface can be accomplished by light-directed spatial attachment (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,599,695, 5,831,070, and 5,959,837). Alternatively, the templates can be attached to PEM-coated surface entire chemically (see below for detail). In some methods, non-PEM based surface chemistry can be created prior to template attachment.
  • 2. Attachment of Diverse Templates to a Single Channel
  • While diverse polynucleotide templates can be each immobilized to and sequenced in a separate synthesis channel, multiple templates can also be sequenced in a single microfluidic synthesis channel. In the latter scenario, the templates are attached at different locations along the flow path of the channel. This can be accomplished by a variety of different methods, including hybridization of primer capture sequences to oligonucleotides immobilized at different points on the substrate, and sequential activation of different points down the channel towards template immobilization.
  • Methods of creation of surfaces with arrays of oligonucleotides have been described, e.g., in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,744,305, 5,837,832, and 6,077,674. Such a surface can be used as a substrate that is to be bond to a microfluidic chip and form the synthesis channel. Primers with two domains, a priming domain and a capture domain, can be used to anchor templates to the substrate. The priming domain is complementary to the target template. The capture domain is present on the non-extended side of the priming sequence. It is not complementary to the target template, but rather to a specific oligonucleotide sequence present on the substrate. The target templates can be separately hybridized with their primers, or (if the priming sequences are different) simultaneously hybridized in the same solution. Incubation of the primer/template duplexes in the flow channel under hybridization conditions allows attachment of each template to a unique spot. Multiple synthesis channels can be charged with templates in this fashion simultaneously.
  • Another method for attaching multiple templates in a single channel is to sequentially activate portions of the substrate and attach template to them. Activation of the substrate can be achieved by either optical or electrical means. Optical illumination can be used to initiate a photochemical deprotection reaction that allows attachment of the template to the surface (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,599,695, 5,831,070, and 5,959,837). For instance, the substrate surface can be derivatized with “caged biotin”, a commercially available derivative of biotin that becomes capable of binding to avidin only after being exposed to light. Templates can then be attached by exposure of a site to light, filling th e channel with avidin solution, washing, and then flowing biotinylated template into the channel. Another variation is to prepare avidinylated substrate and a template with a primer with a caged biotin moiety; the template can then be immobilized by flowing into the channel and illumination of the solution above a desired area. Activated template/primer duplexes are then attached to the first wall they diffused to, yielding a diffusion limited spot.
  • Electrical means can also be used to direct template to specific points in the channel. By positively charging one electrode in the channel and negatively charging the others, a field gradient can be created which drives the template to a single electrode, where it can attach (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,632,957, 6,051,380, and 6,071,394). Alternatively, it can be achieved by electrochemically activating regions of the surface and changing the voltage applied to the electrodes.
  • B. Exemplary Surface Chemistry for Attaching Templates: PEM Coating
  • In some methods, the surface of synthesis channels are coated with PEM prior to attachment of the templates (or primers). Such attachment scheme can be both an ex-situ process or an in situ process. With the ex-situ protocol, the surface of the flat substrate is coated with PEM first, followed by attachment of the templates. The elastomeric microfluidic chip is then bonded to the substrate to form and seal the synthesis channel. With the in-situ protocol, the microfluidic chip is attached to the flat substrate first, and a PEM is then constructed in the channels. The templates are then attached inside the channels. In still some other applications, the microfluidic chip can be bonded to the flat substrate at any point in the template attachment process, and the remaining steps can be completed inside the microfluidic channels.
  • Preferably, the in-situ protocol is used. The method described here leads to low nonspecific binding of labeled (e.g., with fluorescent dye) nucleotides and good seal of the microfluidic components and the synthesis channels. A good seal between the microfluidic components and the synthesis channels allows the use of higher pressures, which in turn increases flow rates and decreases exchange times. The various methods for attaching the templates to the surface of the synthesis channel are discussed in detail below.
  • An exemplified scheme of the ex situ protocol is as follows. First, the surface of a glass cover slip is cleaned and then coated with a polyelectrolyte multilayer (PEM). Following biotinylation of the carboxylic acid groups, streptavidin is then applied to generate a surface capable of capturing biotinylated molecules. Biotinylated polynucleotide templates are then added to the coated glass cover slip for attachment. The surface chemistry thus created is particularly suited for sequencing by synthesis with fluorescent nucleotides, because it generates a strong negatively-charged surface which repels the negatively-charged nucleotides. Detailed procedures for cleaning the cover slips, coating of polyelectrolyte multilayer, and attachment of the templates are described below.
  • PEM formation proceeds by the sequential addition of polycations and polyanions, which are polymers with many positive or negative charges, respectively. Upon addition of a polycation to a negatively-charged surface, the polycation deposits on the surface, forming a thin polymer layer and reversing the surface charge. Similarly, a polyanion deposited on a positively charged surface forms a thin layer of polymer and leaves a negatively charged surface. Alternating exposure to poly(+) and poly(−) generates a polyelectrolyte multilayer structure with a surface charge determined by the last polyelectrolyte added; in the case of incompletely-charged surfaces, multiple-layer deposition also tends to increase surface charge to a well defined and stable level. PEM formation has been described by Decher et al.(Thin Solid Films, 210:831-835, 1992).
  • Carboxylic acid groups are negatively charged at pH 7, and are a common target for covalent bond formation. By terminating the surface with carboxylic acid groups, a surface which is both strongly negatively-charged and chemically reactive can be generated. In particular, amines can link to them to form amide bonds, a reaction that can be catalyzed by carbodiimides. A molecule with biotin at one end, a hydrophilic spacer, and an amine at the other end is used to terminate the surface with biotin.
  • An avidin molecule is capable of binding up to four biotin molecules. This means that avidin, and its derivative Streptavidin, is capable of converting a biotin-terminated surface to a surface capable of capturing biotin. Streptavidin, which carries a slight negative charge, is used to attach the polynucleotide templates to be analyzed to the surface by using a biotinylated primer. A buffer with a high concentration of multivalent salt is used in order to screen the repulsion of the negatively charged surface for the negatively-charged DNA.
  • To coat the polyelectrolyte multilayer, the glass cover slips are first cleaned with HP H2O (H2O deionized to 18.3 MOhm-cm and filtered to 0.2 μm) and a RCA Solution (6:4:1 mixture of HP H2O, (30% NH4OH), and (30% H2O2)). The cover slips are then sonicated in 2% Micro 90 detergent for 20 minutes. After rinse thoroughly with HP H2O, the cover slips are stirred in gently boiling RCA solution for at least 1 hour, and rinsed again with HP H2O.
  • After cleaning, the glass cover slips are submerged in PAll solution (Poly(allylamine) (PAll, +): 2 mg/ml in HP H2O, adjusted to pH 7.0) and agitate for at least 10 minutes. The cover slips are then removed from PAll and washed with HP H2O by submerging in HP H2O with agitation for at least three times. The treatment continues by agitation in a PAcr solution (Poly(acrylic acid) (PAcr, −): 2 mg/ml in HP H2O, adjusted to pH 7.0) for at least 10 minutes and washing with HP H2O. The treatment steps are then repeated once.
  • After PEM coating, the PEM coated glass is incubated with a EDC/BLCPA solution for 30 minutes. The EDC/BLCPA solution is prepared by mixing equal amounts of 50 mM EDC solution (in MES buffer) and 50 mM BLCPA (in MES buffer) and diluting to 5 mM in MES buffer. The glass is then rinsed with 10 mM Tris-NaCl and incubated with 0.1 mg/ml streptavidin solution for 1 hour. After washing with 10 mM Tris-NaCl, the glass is incubated with a solution containing the polynucleotide template (10−7 M in Tris 100 mM MgCl2) for 30 minutes. The glass is again rinsed thoroughly with 10 mM Tris-NaCl.
  • For in-situ attachment, the microfluidic substrate is bonded to the glass cover slip by HCl-assisted bonding. Essentially, the chips are first washed with a surfactant (e.g., first with HP H2O, then in 0.1% Tween 20, then rinse again with HP H2O). The washed microfluidic chips are then put on the glass cover slips with a few microliters of dilute HCI (e.g., 1% HCl in HP H2O), followed by baking at 37° C. for 1-2 hours. Such treatment enhances the bond strength to glass (e.g., >20 psi pressure) without increasing nonspecific adsorption.
  • Following HCl treatment, PEM formation, biotinylation, streptavidinylation, and template attachment can be performed using essentially the same reagents and methods as described above for ex-situ attachment, except the solutions are injected through the channels by pressure instead of just being aliquoted onto the substrate surface.
  • Coating the microchannel surface with the PEM technique is significant for analyzing polynucleotide sequences according to the present invention. In general, the method used to attach the template to the surface should fulfill several requirements in order to be useful in a sequencing-by-synthesis application. First, it must be possible to attach reasonable quantities of polynucleotide templates. In addition, the attached templates should remain active for polymerase action. Further, nonspecific binding of fluorescent nucleotides should be very low.
  • If insufficient numbers of template molecules are bound, the signal-to-noise ratio of the technique is too low to allow useful sequencing. Binding large quantities of templates is insufficient, however, if the primer/target duplex cannot be extended by a polymerase. This is a problem for surface chemistry based on building off amine-bearing surfaces: amines are positively charged at normal pH. This means that the negatively-charged DNA backbone can non-specifically stick to the surface, and that the polymerase is sterically impeded from adding nucleotides. Finally, if there is significant nonspecific binding of fluorescent nucleotides to the surface, it becomes impossible to distinguish between signal due to incorporation and signal due to nonspecific binding.
  • When the nucleotides are fluorescently labeled, they generally have relatively strong nonspecific binding to many surfaces because they possess both a strongly polar moiety (the nucleotide, and in particular the triphosphate) and a relatively hydrophobic moiety (the fluorescent dye). A surface bearing positively-charged groups (i.e. amines) invariably has a very high nonspecific binding due to the attraction of the triphosphate group (which is strongly negatively charged) to the positively-charged amines. Neutral surfaces generally have strong nonspecific binding due to the action of the fluorescent nucleotide as a surfactant (i.e. assembling with nonpolar moiety towards the uncharged (more hydrophobic) surface and polar end in the aqueous phase). A surface bearing negative charges can repel the negatively charged fluorescent nucleotides, so it has the lowest nonspecific binding. Glass is such a surface, but the surface silanols that give it its negative charge in water are a difficult target to attach DNA to directly. Typical DNA attachment protocols use silanization (often with aminosilanes) to attach template; as discussed earlier amino groups lead to unacceptable levels of nonspecific binding.
  • A polyelectrolyte multilayer terminated with carboxylic acid-bearing polymer fulfills all three criteria. First, it is easy to attach polynucleotide to because carboxylic acids are good targets for covalent bond formation. Second, the attached template is active for extension by polymerases—most probably, the repulsion of like charges prevents the template from “laying down” on the surface. Finally, the negative charge repels the fluorescent nucleotides, and nonspecific binding is low.
  • The attachment scheme described here is easy to generalize on. Without modification, the PEM/biotin/streptavidin surface that is produced can be used to capture or immobilize any biotinylated molecule. A slight modification can be the use of another capture pair, i.e. substituting digoxygenin (dig) for biotin and labeling the molecule to be immobilized with anti-digoxygenin (anti-dig). Reagents for biotinylation or dig-labeling of amines are all commercially available.
  • Another generalization is that the chemistry is nearly independent of the surface chemistry of the support. Glass, for instance, can support PEMs terminated with either positive or negative polymer, and a wide variety of chemistry for either. But other substrates such as silicone, polystyrene, polycarbonate, etc, which are not as strongly charged as glass, can still support PEMs. The charge of the final layer of PEMs on weakly-charged surfaces becomes as high as that of PEMs on strongly-charged surfaces, as long as the PEM has sufficiently-many layers. For example, PEM formation on O2-plasma treated silicone rubber has been demonstrated by the present inventors. This means that all the advantages of the glass/PEM/biotin/Streptavidin/biotin-DNA surface chemistry can be applied to other substrates.
  • Although the above discussion describes the immobilization of polynucleotide templates by attachment to the surface of flow channels or the surface of reaction chambers disposed along flow channels, other methods of template immobilization can also be employed in the methods of the present invention. In some methods, the templates can be attached to microbeads, which can be arranged within the microfluidic system. For instance, commercially-available latex microspheres with pre-defined surface chemistry can be used. The polynucleotide templates can be attached either before or after the microbeads are inducted into the microfluidic system. Attachment of template before beads are added allows a reduction in system complexity and setup time (as many templates can be attached to different aliquots of beads simultaneously). Attachment of template to beads in situ can allow easier manipulation of surface chemistry (as bead surface chemistry can be manipulated in bulk and externally to the microfluidic device). Beads should be held in place within the flow system for this technique to be effective. Methods to achieve this include, e.g., flowing the beads into orifices too small for them to flow through (where they would become “wedged in”), the creation of “microscreens” (i.e. barriers in the channel with apertures too small for beads to pass through), and insertion of the beads into hollows in the channels where they are affixed by simple Van der Waals forces.
  • C. Primer Extension Reaction
  • Once templates are immobilized to the surfaces of synthesis channels, primer extension reactions are performed (E. D. Hyman, Anal. Biochem., 174, p. 423, 1988). If part of the template sequence is known, a specific primer can be constructed and hybridized to the template. Alternatively, a linker can be ligated to the template of unknown sequence in order to allow for hybridization of a primer. The primer can be hybridized to the template before or after immobilization of the template to the surface of the synthesis channel.
  • In some methods, the primer is extended by a nucleic acid polymerase in the presence of a single type of labeled nucleotide. Label is incorporated into the template/primer complex only if the labeled nucleotide added to the reaction is complementary to the nucleotide on the template adjacent the 3′ end of the primer. The template is subsequently washed to remove any unincorporated label, and the presence of any incorporated label is determined. A radioactive label can be determined by counting or any other method known in the art, while fluorescent labels can be induced to fluoresce, e.g., by excitation.
  • In some applications of the present invention, a combination of labeled and non-labeled nucleotides are used in the analysis. Because there are multiple copies of each template molecule immobilized on the surface of the synthesis channel, a small percentage of labeled nucleotides is sufficient for detection by a detection device (see below). For example, for fluorescently labeled nucleotides, the percentage of labeled nucleotide can be less than 20%, less than 10%, less than 5%, less than 1%, less than 0.1%, less than 0.01%, or even less than 0.001% of the total labeled and unlabeled nucleotides for each type of the nucleotides.
  • 1. Labeled Nucleotides
  • In some methods, at least one and usually all types of the deoxyribonucleotides (dATP, dTTP, dGTP, dCTP, dUTP/dTTP) or nucleotides (ATP, UTP, GTP, and CTP) are labeled. Various labels which are easily detected include radioactive labels, optically detectable labels, spectroscopic labels and the like. Preferably, fluorescent labels are used. The different types of nucleotides can be labeled with the same kind of labels. Alternatively, a different kind of label can be used to label each different type of nucleotide.
  • In some methods, fluorescent labels are used. the fluorescent label can be selected from any of a number of different moieties. The preferred moiety is a fluorescent group for which detection is quite sensitive. For example, fluorescein- or rhodamine-labeled nucleotide triphosphates are available (e.g., from NEN DuPont).
  • Fluorescently labeled nucleotide triphosphates can also be made by various fluorescence-labeling techniques, e.g., as described in Kambara et al. (1988) “Optimization of Parameters in a DNA Sequenator Using Fluorescence Detection,” Bio/Technol. 6:816-821; Smith et al. (1985) Nucl. Acids Res, 13:2399-2412; and Smith et al. (1986) Nature 321:674-679. Fluorescent labels exhibiting particularly high coefficients of destruction can also be useful in destroying nonspecific background signals.
  • 2. Blocking Agents:
  • In some methods during the primer extension step, a chain elongation inhibitor can be employed in the reaction (see, e.g., Dower et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,902,723. Chain elongation inhibitors are nucleotide analogues which either are chain terminators which prevent further addition by the polymerase of nucleotides to the 3′ end of the chain by becoming incorporated into the chain themselves. In some methods, the chain elongation inhibitors are dideoxynucleotides. Where the chain elongation inhibitors are incorporated into the growing polynucleotide chain, they should be removed after incorporation of the labeled nucleotide has been detected, in order to allow the sequencing reaction to proceed using different labeled nucleotides. Some 3′ to 5′ exonucleases, e.g., exonuclease III, are able to remove dideoxynucleotides.
  • Other than chain elongation inhibitors, a blocking agent or blocking group can be employed on the 3′ moiety of the deoxyribose group of the labeled nucleotide to prevent nonspecific incorporation. Optimally, the blocking agent should be removable under mild conditions (e.g., photosensitive, weak acid labile, or weak base labile groups), thereby allowing for further elongation of the primer strand with a next synthetic cycle. If the blocking agent also contains the fluorescent label, the dual blocking and labeling functions are achieved without the need for separate reactions for the separate moieties. For example, the labeled nucleotide can be labeled by attachment of a fluorescent dye group to the 3′ moiety of the deoxyribose group, and the label is removed by cleaving the fluorescent dye from the nucleotide to generate a 3′ hydroxyl group. The fluorescent dye is preferably linked to the deoxyribose by a linker arm which is easily cleaved by chemical or enzymatic means.
  • Examples of blocking agents include, among others, light sensitive groups such as 6-nitoveratryloxycarbonyl (NVOC), 2-nitobenzyloxycarbonyl (NBOC), .α,α-dimethyl-dimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl (DDZ), 5-bromo-7-nitroindolinyl, o-hydroxy-2-methyl cinnamoyl, 2-oxymethylene anthraquinone, and t-butyl oxycarbonyl (TBOC). Other blocking reagents are discussed, e.g., in U.S. Ser. No. 07/492,462; Patchornik (1970) J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 92:6333; and Amit et al. (1974) J. Org. Chem. 39:192. Nucleotides possessing various labels and blocking groups can be readily synthesized. Labeling moieties are attached at appropriate sites on the nucleotide using chemistry and conditions as described, e.g., in Gait (1984) Oligonucleotide Synthesis: A Practical Approach, IRL Press, Oxford.
  • 3. Polymerases
  • Depending on the template, either RNA polymerase or DNA polymerases can be used in the primer extension. For analysis of DNA templates, many DNA polymerases are available. Examples of suitable DNA polymerases include, but are not limited to, Sequenase 2.0.RTM., T4 DNA polymerase or the Klenow fragment of DNA polymerase 1, or Vent polymerase. In some methods, polymerases which lack 3′→5′ exonuclease activity can be used (e.g., T7 DNA polymerase (Amersham) or Klenow fragment of DNA polymerase I (New England Biolabs)). In some methods, when it is desired that the polymerase have proof-reading activity, polymerases lacking 3′→5′ exonuclease activity are not used. In some methods, thermostable polymerases such as ThermoSequenase.™. (Amersham) or Taquenase.™. (ScienTech, St Louis, Mo.) are used.
  • The nucleotides used in the methods should be compatible with the selected polymerase. Procedures for selecting suitable nucleotide and polymerase combinations can be adapted from Ruth et al. (1981) Molecular Pharmacology 20:415-422; Kutateladze, T., et al. (1984) Nuc. Acids Res., 12:1671-1686; Chidgeavadze, Z., et al. (1985) FEBS Letters, 183:275-278.
  • The polymerase can be stored in a separate reservoir in the apparatus and flowed into the synthesis channels prior to each extension reaction cycle. The enzyme can also be stored together with the other reaction agents (e.g., the nucleotide triphosphates). Alternatively, the polymerase can be immobilized onto the surface of the synthesis channel along with the polynucleotide template.
  • 4. Removal of Blocking Group and Labels
  • By repeating the incorporation and label detection steps until incorporation is detected, the nucleotide on the template adjacent the 3′ end of the primer can be identified. Once this has been achieved, the label should be removed before repeating the process to discover the identity of the next nucleotide. Removal of the label can be effected by removal of the labeled nucleotide using a 3′-5′ exonuclease and subsequent replacement with an unlabeled nucleotide. Alternatively, the labeling group can be removed from the nucleotide. In a further alternative, where the label is a fluorescent label, it is possible to neutralize the label by bleaching it with radiation. Photobleaching can be performed according to methods, e.g., as described in Jacobson et al., “International Workshop on the Application of Fluorescence Photobleaching Techniques to Problems in Cell Biology”, Federation Proceedings, 42:72-79, 1973; Okabe et al., J Cell Biol 120:1177-86, 1993; and Close et al., Radiat Res 53:349-57, 1973.
  • If chain terminators or 3′ blocking groups have been used, these should be removed before the next cycle can take place. 3′ blocking groups can be removed by chemical or enzymatic cleavage of the blocking group from the nucleotide. For example, chain terminators are removed with a 3′-5′ exonuclease, e.g., exonuclease III. Once the label and terminators/locking groups have been removed, the cycle is repeated to discover the identity of the next nucleotide.
  • Removal of the blocking groups can be unnecessary if the labels are removable. In this approach, the chains incorporating the blocked nucleotides are permanently terminated and no longer participate in the elongation processes. So long as these blocked nucleotides are also removed from the labeling process, a small percentage of permanent loss in each cycle can also be tolerated.
  • In some methods, other than labeled nucleotides, nucleotide incorporation is monitored by detection of pyrophosphate release (see, e.g., WO98/13523, WO98/28440, and Ronaghi et al., Science 281:363, 1998). For example, a pyrophosphate-detection enzyme cascade is included in the reaction mixture in order to produce a chemoluminescent signal. Also, instead of deoxynucleotides or dideoxynucleotides, nucleotide analogues are used which are capable of acting as substrates for the polymerase but incapable of acting as substrates for the pyrophosphate-detection enzyme. Pyrophosphate is released upon incorporation of a deoxynucleotide or dideoxynucleotide, which can be detected enzymatically. This method employs no wash steps, instead relying on continual addition of reagents.
  • D. Detection of Incorporated Signals and Scanning System
  • 1. Optical Detection
  • Methods for visualizing single molecules of DNA labeled with an intercalating dye include, e.g., fluorescence microscopy as described in Houseal et al., Biophysical Journal 56: 507, 1989. While usually signals from a plurality of molecules are to be detected with the sequencing methods of the present invention, fluorescence from single fluorescent dye molecules can also be detected. For example, a number of methods are available for this purpose (see, e.g., Nie et al., Science 266: 1013, 1994; Funatsu et al., Nature 374: 555, 1995; Mertz et al., Optics Letters 20: 2532, 1995; and Unger et al., Biotechniques 27:1008, 1999). Even the fluorescent spectrum and lifetime of a single molecule before it photobleaches can be measured (Macklin et al., Science 272: 255, 1996). Standard detectors such as a photomultiplier tube or avalanche photodiode can be used. Full field imaging with a two stage image intensified CCD camera can also used (Funatsu et al., supra).
  • The detection system for the signal or label can also depend upon the label used, which can be defined by the chemistry available. For optical signals, a combination of an optical fiber or charged couple device (CCD) can be used in the detection step. In those circumstances where the matrix is itself transparent to the radiation used, it is possible to have an incident light beam pass through the substrate with the detector located opposite the substrate from the polynucleotides. For electromagnetic labels, various forms of spectroscopy systems can be used. Various physical orientations for the detection system are available and discussion of important design parameters is provided, e.g., in Jovin, Adv. in Biochem. Bioplyms.
  • Incorporated signals can be detected by scanning the synthesis channels. The synthesis channels can be scanned simultaneously or serially, depending on the scanning method used. The signals can be scanned using a CCD camera (TE/CCD512SF, Princeton Instruments, Trenton, N.J.) with suitable optics (Ploem, J. S., in Fluorescent and Luminescent Probes for Biological Activity, Mason, T. W., Ed., Academic Press, London, pp. 1-11, 1993), such as described in Yershov et al. (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 93:4913, 1996), or can be imaged by TV monitoring (Khrapko et al., DNA Sequencing 1:375, 1991). For radioactive signals (e.g., 32P), a phosphorimager device can be used.(Johnston et al., Johnston, R. F., et al., Electrophoresis 11:355, 1990; and Drmanac et al., Drmanac, R., et al., Electrophoresis 13:566, 1992). These methods are particularly useful to achieve simultaneous scanning of multiple probe-regions.
  • For fluorescence labeling, the synthesis channels can be serially scanned one by one or row by row using a fluorescence microscope apparatus, such as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,094,274, 5,902,723, 5,424,186, and 5,091,652. In some methods, standard low-light level cameras, such as a SIT and image intensified CCD camera, are employed (see, Funatsu et al., Nature 374, 555, 1995). An ICCD can be preferable to a cooled CCD camera because of its better time resolution. These devices are commercially available (e.g., from Hammamatsu).
  • Alternatively, only the intensifier unit from Hammamatsu or DEP are used and incorporated into other less expensive or home built cameras. If necessary, the intensifier can be cooled. For example, CCD camera can be purchased from Phillips, who offer a low priced, low noise (40 electron readout noise per pixel) model. A home built camera allows greater flexibility in the choice of components and a higher performance device. The advantage of using a camera instead of an avalanche photodiode is that one can image the whole field of view. This extra spatial information allows the development of new noise reduction techniques. For example, one can use the fact that signals are expected from certain spatial locations (i.e. where the polynucleotide template is attached) in order to reject noise. In some applications, fluorescent excitation is exerted with a Q-switched frequency doubled Nd YAG laser, which has a KHz repetition rate, allowing many samples to be taken per second. For example, a wavelength of 532 nm is ideal for the excitation of rhodamine. It is a standard device that has been used in the single molecule detection scheme (Smith et al., Science 253:1122, 1992). A pulsed laser allows time resolved experiments, which are useful for rejecting extraneous noise. In some methods, excitation can be performed with a mercury lamp and signals from the incorporated nucleotides can be detected with an inexpensive CCD camera (see, e.g., Unger et al., Biotechniques 27:1008, 1999.
  • The scanning system should be able to reproducibly scan the synthesis channels in the apparatuses. Where appropriate, e.g., for a two dimensional substrate where the synthesis channels are localized to positions thereon, the scanning system should positionally define the synthesis channels attached thereon to a reproducible coordinate system. It is important that the positional identification of synthesis channels be repeatable in successive scan steps.
  • Various scanning systems can be employed in the apparatuses of the present invention. For example, electrooptical scanning devices described in, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,143,854, are suitable for use with the apparatuses of the present invention. The system could exhibit many of the features of photographic scanners, digitizers or even compact disk reading devices. For example, a model no. PM500-A1 x-y translation table manufactured by Newport Corporation can be attached to a detector unit. The x-y translation table is connected to and controlled by an appropriately programmed digital computer such as an IBM PC/AT or AT compatible computer. The detection system can be a model no. R943-02 photomultiplier tube manufactured by Hamamatsu, attached to a preamplifier, e.g., a model no. SR440 manufactured by Stanford Research Systems, and to a photon counter, e.g., an SR430 manufactured by Stanford Research System, or a multichannel detection device. Although a digital signal can usually be preferred, there can be circumstances where analog signals would be advantageous.
  • The stability and reproducibility of the positional localization in scanning determine, to a large extent, the resolution for separating closely positioned polynucleotide clusters on a 2 dimensional substrate. Since the successive monitoring at a given position depends upon the ability to map the results of a reaction cycle to its effect on a positionally mapped cluster of polynucleotides, high resolution scanning is preferred. As the resolution increases, the upper limit to the number of possible polynucleotides which can be sequenced on a single matrix also increases. Crude scanning systems can resolve only on the order of 1000 μm, refined scanning systems can resolve on the order of 100 μm, more refined systems can resolve on the order of about 10 μm, and with optical magnification systems a resolution on the order of 1.0 μm is available. The limitations on the resolution can be diffraction limited and advantages can arise from using shorter wavelength radiation for fluorescent scanning steps. However, with increased resolution, the time required to fully scan a matrix can increased and a compromise between speed and resolution can be selected. Parallel detection devices which provide high resolution with shorter scan times are applicable where multiple detectors are moved in parallel.
  • In some applications, resolution often is not so important and sensitivity is emphasized. However, the reliability of a signal can be pre-selected by counting photons and continuing to count for a longer period at positions where intensity of signal is lower. Although this decreases scan speed, it can increase reliability of the signal determination. Various signal detection and processing algorithms can be incorporated into the detection system. In some methods, the distribution of signal intensities of pixels across the region of signal are evaluated to determine whether the distribution of intensities corresponds to a time positive signal.
  • 2. Non-Optical Detection
  • Other than fluorescently labeled nucleotides and optical detection devices, other methods of detecting nucleotide incorporation are also contemplated in the present invention, including the use of mass spectrometry to analyze the reaction products, the use of radiolabeled nucleotides, and detection of reaction products with “wired enzymes”.
  • In some methods, mass spectrometry is employed to detect nucleotide incorporation in the primer extension reaction. A primer extension reaction consumes a nucleotide triphosphate, adds a single base to the primer/template duplex, and produces pyrophosphate as a by-product. Mass spectrometry can be used to detect pyrophosphate in the wash stream after a nucleotide has been incubated with the template and polymerase. The absence of pyrophosphate indicates that the nucleotide was not incorporated, whereas the presence of pyrophosphate indicates incorporation. Detection based on pyrophosphate release have been described, e.g., in WO98/13523, WO98/28440, and Ronaghi et al., Science 281:363, 1998.
  • In some methods, radiolabeled nucleotides are used. Nucleotides can be radiolabeled either in the sugar, the base, or the triphosphate group. To detect radioactivity, small radioactivity sensor can be incorporated in the substrate on which the microfluidic chip is mounted. A CCD pixel, for instance, serves as a good detector for some radioactive decay processes. Radiolabeling of the sugar or base produces an additive signal: each incorporation increases the amount of radiolabel in the primer-template duplex. If the nucleotide is labeled in the portion that is released as pyrophosphate (e.g. dNTP with β- or γ-32P), the radioactive pyrophosphate can be detected in the wash stream. This radioactivity level is not additive, but rather binary for each attempted nucleotide addition, so subsequent addition poses no read length limit. Due to the small reagent consumption and contained nature of microfluidics, the total radioactivity used in such a system is relatively minimal, and containment is relatively simple.
  • In some methods, non-optical detection of pyrophosphate release makes use of “wired redox enzymes” as described, e.g., in Heller et al., Analytical Chemistry 66:2451-2457, 1994; and Ohara et al., Analytical Chemistry 65:3512-3517, 1993. Briefly, enzymes are covalently linked to a hydrogel matrix containing redox active groups capable of transporting charge. The analyte to be detected is either acted on directly by a redox enzyme (either releasing or consuming electrons) or consumed as a reagent in an enzymatic cascade that produces a substrate that is reduced or oxidized by a redox enzyme. The production or consumption of electrons is detected at a metal electrode in contact with the hydrogel. For the detection of pyrophosphate, an enzymatic cascade using pyrophosphatase, maltose phosphorylase, and glucose oxidase can be employed. Pyrophosphatase converts pyrophosphate into phosphate; maltose phosphorylase converts maltose (in the presence of phosphate) to glucose 1-phosphate and glucose. Then, glucose oxidase converts the glucose to gluconolactone and H2O2; this final reaction is the redox step which gives rise to a detectable current at the electrode. Glucose sensors based on this principle are well known in the art, and enzymatic cascades as described here have been demonstrated previously. Other enzymatic cascades besides the specific example given here are also contemplated the present invention. This type of detection scheme allows direct electrical readout of nucleotide incorporation at each reaction chamber, allowing easy parallelization.
  • E. Fluorescent Photobleaching Sequencing
  • In some methods, polynucleotide sequences are analyzed with a fluorescent photobleaching method. In this methods, fluorescently labeled nucleotides are used in the primer extension. Signals from the incorporated nucleotides are removed by photobleaching before next extension cycle starts.
  • The polynucleotide templates can be prepared as described above (e.g., cloning in single-stranded M13 plasmid). Biotinylated templates are attached to surface of the synthesis channel that has been pretreated with the PEM technique as discussed above. After the primed, single stranded DNA is immobilized to the synthesis channel in the flow cell. A polymerase and one nucleotide triphosphate, e.g. dATP, are flowed into the flow cell. A high fidelity polymerase with no exonuclease proofreading ability is preferred. In some methods, only a fraction (e.g., less than 10%, 5%, 1%, 0.1%, 0.01%, or 0.001%) of each type of the nucleotide triphosphates is fluorescently labeled (e.g., rhodamine-labeled nucleotide triphosphates from NEN DuPont). For example, if the first base of DNA sequence following the primer is T, then the polymerase incorporates the dATP's and some fraction of the DNA molecules become fluorescently labeled. If the first base is anything else, no fluorescent molecules become incorporated. The reagents are then flowed out of the flow cell, and the fluorescence of the DNA is measured. If no fluorescence is detected, the procedure is repeated with one of the other nucleotide triphosphates. If fluorescence is detected, the identity of the first base in the sequence has been determined. The fluorescence signal is photobleached and extinguished before the procedure is then repeated for the next base in the template sequence.
  • The fluorescence can be excited with, e.g., a Q-switched frequency doubled Nd YAG laser (Smith et al., Science 253: 1122, 1992). This is a standard device used in the single molecule detection scheme that measures the fluorescent spectrum and lifetime of a single molecule before it photobleached. It has a kHz repetition rate, allowing many samples to be taken per second. The wavelength can be, e.g., 532 nm that is ideal for the excitation of rhodamine. A pulsed laser allows time resolved experiments and is useful for rejecting extraneous noise.
  • Detection of the incorporated label can be performed with a standard low-light level cameras, such as a SIT or a image intensified CCD camera (Funatsu et al, supra). An Intensified CCD (ICCD) camera is preferable to a cooled CCD camera because of its better time resolution. These devices are available from, e.g., Hammamatsu. However, because these cameras are extremely expensive, a detection device can be made by building just the intensifier unit from Hammamatsu into a CCD camera. Optionally, the intensifier can be cooled. The CCD camera is available from Phillips, e.g., a low priced, low noise model (40 electron readout noise per pixel). A customarily built camera allows greater flexibility in the choice of components and a higher performance device. The advantage of using a camera instead of an avalanche photodiode is that the whole field of view can be imaged. This extra spatial information allows the development of new noise reduction techniques. For example, the fact that signals are expected from certain spatial locations (i.e. where the DNA is attached) can be used to reject noise.
  • F. Other Considerations
  • A combination of factors affect the read length and throughput of the sequencing analysis according to the present invention. First, all of the unincorporated labeled nucleotides should be removed from the synthesis channel or reaction chamber after each cycle. Since only relatively small number of incorporated dye molecules are to be detected, the reagent exchange should be leave substantially fewer unincorporated labeled nucleotides than the number of nucleotides to be detected. Second, the rate of reagent exchange is limited by fluid mechanic considerations. Turbulent flow should be avoided in order to preserve effective reagent exchange, and the fluid flow shear forces should be small enough in order to not break the DNA or dislocate the enzyme. Third, the kinetics of nucleotide incorporation and enzyme-DNA complex formation should be considered.
  • The present invention teaches how to determine acceptable flow rate of fluids in the apparatuses. According to the invention, flow rate in the apparatuses with microfabricated flow channels having a depth of 100 μm is typically 0.1-1 cm/sec. For microfabricated flow channels with a depth of 10 μm, the flow rate is usually in the range of 1-10 cm/sec. Fluid flow in the apparatuses remains laminar as long as the Reynolds number R=ρυι/η<<1, where ρ is the density of the fluid, υ is the velocity, ι is the dimension of the chamber, and η is the viscosity (see, e.g., Landau et al., Fluid Mechanics, Pergamon Press, New York, 1989). The limiting velocity is in the order of 1 cm/sec for a 100 μm channel depth. For microchannels with a depth of 10 μm, the limit is 10 cm/sec.
  • The ultimate limit on the rate at which fluid can be exchanged is determined by the effect of drag and shear flows on the polynucleotide template and the polymerase. The velocity profile of constrained flow is parabolic (v(τ)−vave (1−(τ/R)2)), causing a shear force. Single molecule experiments with double stranded DNA have shown that one can apply forces of up to F.apprxeq.50 pN without breaking or causing irreversible damage to DNA (see, e.g., Smith et al., Science 271: 795, 1996; and Cluzel et al., Science 271: 792, 1996), and a similar order of magnitude is expected for single stranded DNA. The drag coefficient of DNA α=6πR5 can be estimated from the radius of gyration R5=0.3 μm. Then the maximum fluid velocity allowed is determined by solving the equation:
    v max(R−R g)=F/α
  • The maximum average velocity before shearing of DNA becomes a problem is 140 cm/sec.
  • Another consideration is to prevent the polymerase from falling off the template or becoming damaged. With RNA polymerase, it has been shown that the stalling force for RNA polymerase, at which it might receive irreversible damage, is 14 pN (Yin et al., Science 270:1653, 1995). Since one the drag coefficient of a DNA polymerase can be estimated from its size, a similar calculation as for the DNA shear leads to a maximum velocity of 500 cm/sec.
  • The time to remove all of the free nucleotides can be calculated by including the effects of diffusion into hydrodynamic calculation of the fluid flow. There are a great variety of products available, including electronic switching valves with very small dead volumes. For example, a six port valve from Upchurch with electric motor from Thar Designs has a dead volume of 2 μl and switching time of 166 msec. Combined with 0.0025″ I.D. tubing and the estimated 1 μl capacity of the microfabricated flow cell, 4 μl of material should be exchanged for each step in the process. A syringe or peristaltic pump can give very high flow rates, the limiting factor is low Reynolds number. The inverse rate constant to get rid of all of the nucleotides is
    τ(LR/v ave)2/3(D)−1/3
  • where L is the linear dimension of the device and D is the diffusion constant of the nucleotides. Plugging in approximate numbers gives a time of τ=15 sec. To reduce the nucleotide concentration from in the order of millimolar to 1 labeled nucleotide per detection region, which is a reduction of approximately 10−7. The amount of time to completely flush the device is ln(10−7)τ=4 minutes.
  • For apparatuses with microfabricated flow channel depth of 10 μm and microfabricated valves incorporated on chip, the dead volume is reduced and throughput increased. The valves can provide an essentially zero dead volume and 10 msec switching time. This and the reduced dimensions of the device leads to a drastic increase of throughput: the time to flush the reagents (e.g., nucleotides) from the system is reduced to 0.8 sec. The overall throughput is approximately 1 base per second. Table 1 summarizes the various factors affecting throughput of apparatuses with microfabricated flow channels having a depth of 100 μm or 10 μm.
    TABLE I
    Parameters Affecting Throughput of the Sequencing Apparatuses
    I II
    Channel depth (um) 100  10
    Dead Volume (ul) 4  10−3
    Turbulence vel. (cm/sec) 1  10
    DNA Shear (cm/sec) 140  14
    Polymerase stall 1000 100
    (cm/sec)
    Reagent exchange (sec) 240  0.8

    Note that in apparatuses I, the limiting factor is the fluid velocity that causes turbulent flow. In apparatuses II, shear forces on the DNA also becoming limiting. The reagent exchange time is expected to improve by a factor of 100 in apparatuses II.
  • The DNA polymerases can fall off of the DNA. If enzyme is replenished, it takes time for the enzyme to find and bind to a free DNA site. This could affect throughput of the apparatuses. The attrition rate of the polymerase can be determined according to methods described in the art. For example, using the kinetics of the T4 DNA polymerase as nominal values (Taylor et al., J. Phys. D. Appl. Phys. 24:1443, 1991), an on-rate of 11 μM−1 sec−1 was obtained. Hence a 1 μM concentration of enzyme gives an on rate of 11 sec−1, and after 1 second, 99.3% of the DNA have polymerase bound. In the absence of nucleotides (for example, during fluorescence measurement) the polymerase falls off of the DNA with a time constant of 0.2 sec−1 (Yin et al., Science 270:1653, 1995). In other words, after 5 seconds without nucleotides, this can become a source of attrition. It can be compensated for by the addition of fresh polymerase with every sequencing cycle of the device.
  • For the high throughput device (e.g., apparatus II in Table I), the reagent exchange is fast enough that polymerase falling off has no significant effect on the throughput. Also, the rate of incorporation of nucleotides by the polymerase is typically about 300 bases per second. This is not a rate limiting factor for the device throughput.
  • Read length of the sequencing analysis can be affected by various factors. However, photobleaching is unlikely to cause any chemical changes to the polynucleotide template that prevent the attachment of the next base. During the photobleaching, the dye molecule is held off from the DNA on a linker arm, and it gives off so few photons that the interaction cross section is negligible. Any attrition of the labeled nucleotides also does not present any significant problem. The statistics of the photobleaching scheme are robust enough to allow sequencing to continue in spite of any attrition of the labeled nucleotides. For example, if 0.1% of the bases are labeled, then after 3000 bases the attrition is 95% if incorporation of a labeled nucleotide terminates strand extension completely. In other word, if one starts with 1 molecules, then on the first base one expects to get a fluorescent signal from 100 dye molecules. By the 3000th base, the signal is reduced to only 5 dye molecules. This is still detectable, since the lower limit of detection is one dye molecule.
  • It should also be noted that the attrition are discussed above is an extreme scenario because there is little reason to expect total attrition for each incorporated base. Attrition is more likely to occur when the polymerase incorporates two successive labeled nucleotides. If 1% of the bases are labeled, the chance of incorporating two labeled nucleotides next to each other is 1%2=0.01%. Then the attrition rate after 3000 bases is 25%. In other words, the signal only decreases by 25% by the 3000th base. Thus, attrition does not cause a problem in this sequencing scheme.
  • Another factor that can affect read length is misincorporation. If the DNA polymerase is starved for the proper nucleotide, it can incorporate the wrong nucleotide. Misincorporation efficiencies have been measured to be three to five orders of magnitude below the efficiency for proper nucleotide incorporation (Echols et al., Ann. Rev. Biochem 60:477, 1991). Misincorporation can be minimized by only exposing the DNA polymerase-DNA complexes to nucleotides for as much time as is needed to incorporate the proper nucleotide. For a high fidelity DNA polymerase, misincorporation happens with a frequency of about 10−4. If dephasing due to misincorporation is treated as total attrition, the attrition is only 25% after 3 kb, i.e, the signal is reduced to 75% of its original. Thus, misincorporation does not hinder a 3 kb or perhaps longer read length.
  • Many modifications and variations of this invention can be made without departing from its spirit and scope. The specific embodiments described herein are for illustration only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way.
  • All publications, figures, patents and patent applications cited herein are hereby expressly incorporated by reference for all purposes to the same extent as if each was so individually denoted.

Claims (54)

1. A method of obtaining nucleotide sequence information for a target nucleic acid molecule having a plurality of nucleotide bases, said method comprising:
providing a single complex of a nucleic acid polymerizing enzyme and the target nucleic acid molecule oriented with respect to each other in a position suitable to add a nucleotide analog at an active site complementary to the target nucleic acid, wherein the complex is immobilized to a solid support;
providing a plurality of types of nucleotide analogs proximate to the active site, each type of nucleotide analog being complementary to a different nucleotide in the target nucleic acid and having a different detectable moiety, and polymerizing a nucleotide analog without a blocking substituent at the active site, wherein the nucleotide analog being added is complementary to the nucleotide of the target nucleic acid, leaving the added nucleotide analog ready for subsequent addition of nucleotide analogs;
identifying the nucleotide analog added at the active site as a result of said polymerizing by detecting its detectable label, wherein said identifying is carried out by directing activating radiation to a region corresponding to the active site and detecting the detectable label from the nucleotide analog added to the active site by a technique which reduces background noise resulting from free unpolymerized nucleotide analogs; and
repeating, with the complex immobilized to the solid support, said providing a plurality of types of nucleotide analogs, said polymerizing, and said identifying, so that nucleotide analogs added at downstream active sites are identified and, as a result, nucleotide sequence information for the target nucleic acid is determined.
2. A method according to claim 1, wherein the nucleic acid polymerizing enzyme is selected from the group consisting of a DNA polymerase, an RNA polymerase, reverse transcriptase, and mixtures thereof.
3. A method according to claim 1, wherein the nucleic acid polymerizing enzyme is a thermostable polymerase.
4. A method according to claim 1, wherein the nucleic acid polymerizing enzyme is a thermodegradable polymerase.
5. A method according to claim 1, wherein the target nucleic acid molecule is selected from the group consisting of double-stranded DNA, single-stranded DNA, single stranded DNA hairpins, DNA/RNA hybrids, RNA with a recognition site for binding of the polymerase, and RNA hairpins.
6. A method according to claim 1, wherein the nucleic acid polymerizing enzyme is bound to the target nucleic acid molecule complex at an origin of replication, a nick or gap in a double-stranded target nucleic acid, a secondary structure in a single-stranded target nucleic acid, a binding site created by an accessory protein, or a primed single stranded nucleic acid.
7. A method according to claim 1, wherein the nucleic acid polymerizing enzyme is provided with one or more accessory proteins to modify its activity.
8. A method according to claim 7, wherein the accessory protein is selected from the group consisting of a single-stranded binding protein, a primase, and helicase.
9. A method according to claim 1, wherein the nucleic acid polymerizing enzyme is processive.
10. A method according to claim 1, wherein the nucleic acid polymerizing enzyme is non-processive.
11. A method according to claim 1, wherein the nucleotide analogs are selected from the group consisting of a ribonucleotide, a deoxyribonucleotide, a modified ribonucleotide, and a modified deoxyribonucleotide.
12. A method according to claim 1 further comprising:
hybridizing an oligonucleotide primer to the target nucleic acid molecule prior to or during said providing a plurality of nucleotide analogs.
13. A method according to claim 12, wherein the oligonucleotide primer comprises nucleotides selected from the group consisting of ribonucleotides, deoxyribonucleotides, modified ribonucleotides, and modified deoxyribonucleotides.
14. (canceled)
15. A method according to claim 1, wherein the label is selected from the group consisting of chromophores, fluorescent moieties, enzymes, antigens, heavy metals, dyes, phosphorescent groups, chemiluminescent moieties, scattering or fluorescent nanoparticles, and Raman signal generating moieties.
16. A method according to claim 1, wherein the label is attached to the nucleotide analog at its gamma phosphate.
17. A method according to claim 1, wherein the label is attached to the nucleotide analog with a linker.
18. A method according to claim 1, wherein the label is attached to the nucleotide analog without a linker.
19-22. (canceled)
23. A method according to claim 1, wherein the detectable labels are enzymatically cleaved from the nucleotide analogs.
24-25. (canceled)
26. A method according to claim 1, wherein the labels for the different types of nucleotide analogs are distinguished by different properties due to the presence of base fluorophores, quenched fluorophores, or fluorogenic nucleotide analogs.
27. A method according to claim 1, wherein the nucleic acid polymerizing enzyme carries a label and said identifying is carried out by detecting interaction between the label and the nucleotide analog.
28. A method according to claim 27, wherein the label is a fluorescence resonance energy transfer donor or acceptor.
29. (canceled)
30. A method according to claim 1, wherein said identifying is carried out by optical procedures selected from the group consisting of far-field microspectroscopy, near-field microspectroscopy, evanescent wave or wave guided illumination, nanostructure enhancement, and combinations thereof.
31. A method according to claim 1, wherein said identifying is carried out by utilizing single and/or multiphoton excitation, fluorescence resonance energy transfer, or photoconversion.
32. A method according to claim 1, wherein said identifying is achieved by spectral wavelength discrimination, measurement and separation of fluorescence lifetimes, fluorophore identification and/or background suppression.
33. A method according to claim 32, wherein fluorophore identification and/or background suppression utilizes switching between excitation modes and illumination sources, and combinations thereof
34. A method according to claim 1, wherein said providing a complex comprises:
positioning either (1) an oligonucleotide primer or (2) the target nucleic acid molecule on the solid support;
hybridizing either (1) the target nucleic acid molecule to the positioned oligonucleotide primer or (2) an oligonucleotide primer to the positioned target nucleic acid molecule, to form a primed target nucleic acid molecule complex; and
providing the nucleic acid polymerizing enzyme on the primed target nucleic acid molecule complex in a position suitable to move along the target nucleic acid molecule and extend the oligonucleotide primer at an active site.
35. (canceled)
36. A method according to claim 34, wherein the solid support and either 1) the oligonucleotide primer or 2) the target nucleic acid molecule are bound reversibly or irreversibly with corresponding components of a covalent or noncovalent binding pair selected from the group consisting of an antigen-antibody binding pair, a streptavidin-biotin binding pair, photoactivated coupling molecules, and a pair of complementary nucleic acids.
37. A method according to claim 34, wherein the oligonucleotide primer is positioned on the solid support and the target nucleic acid molecule is hybridized to the positioned oligonucleotide primer.
38. A method according to claim 34, wherein the target nucleic acid molecule is positioned on the solid support and the oligonucleotide primer is hybridized to the positioned target nucleic acid molecule.
39. A method according to claim 1, wherein said providing a complex comprises:
positioning, on the solid support, a double stranded nucleic acid molecule comprising the target nucleic acid and having a recognition site proximate the active site, and
providing the nucleic acid polymerizing enzyme on the target nucleic acid molecule in a position suitable to move along the target nucleic acid molecule.
40. A method according to claim 1, wherein said providing a complex comprises:
positioning a nucleic acid polymerizing enzyme on the solid support in a position suitable for the target nucleic acid to move relative to the nucleic acid polymerizing enzyme.
41. A method according to claim 40, wherein the solid support and the nucleic acid polymerizing enzyme are bound to each other reversibly or irreversibly with corresponding components of a covalent or non-covalent binding pair selected from the group consisting of an antigen-antibody binding pair, a streptavidin-biotin binding pair, photoactivated coupling molecules, and a pair of complementary nucleic acids.
42. (canceled)
43. A method according to claim 1, wherein the solid support on which the nucleic acid polymerizing enzyme or the target nucleic acid is positioned is a gel with pores.
44-48. (canceled)
49. A method according to claim 1, wherein said identifying is carried out in a nanostructure.
50. A method according to claim 49, wherein the nanostructure is a punctuate, acicular, or resonant nanostructure which enhances said detecting.
51. A method according to claim 1, wherein the confined region is defined by a microstructure.
52. A method according to claim 51, wherein the microstructure comprises:
a plurality of channels to direct different nucleotide analogs to the confined region and
a discharge channel to permit materials to be removed from the confined region, and the nanostructure comprises:
a housing defining the confined region and constructed to facilitate said identifying.
53. A method according to claim 62, wherein the technique which reduces background noise resulting from free unpolymerized nucleotide analogs comprises:
enhancing electromagnetic radiation proximate to a metal tip with a radius of curvature and which extends toward the complex at the active site.
54. A method according to claim 62, wherein the technique which reduces background noise resulting from free unpolymerized nucleotide analogs comprises:
positioning the primed target nucleic acid molecule in near-field illumination of cavities.
55. A method according to claim 62, wherein the technique which reduces background noise resulting from free unpolymerized nucleotide analogs comprises:
placing optical fibers proximate to the complex.
56. A method according to claim 62, wherein the technique which reduces background noise resulting from free unpolymerized nucleotide analogs comprises:
utilizing time-gated delay of photon detection.
57. A method according to claim 1, wherein said method is carried out by sequencing different target nucleic acid molecules at a plurality of different locations on an array.
58. A method according to claim 1, wherein said method is carried out by simultaneously or sequentially sequencing the same target nucleic acid and combining output from such sequencing.
59-61. (canceled)
62. A method according to claim 1, wherein the technique which reduces background noise resulting from free unpolymerized nucleotide analogs is selected from the group consisting of: (1) electromagnetic field enhancement with electromagnetic radiation being enhanced proximate to a metal tip with a radius of curvature and which extends toward the complex at the active site; (2) near-field illumination of cavities in which the primed target nucleic acid molecule is positioned; (3) optical fibers proximate to the complex; and (4) time-gated delay of photon detection.
63. A method according to claim 1, wherein nucleotide sequence information is simultaneously and independently determined for different target nucleic acid molecules in separate confined regions.
64. A method according to claim 1 wherein the label is attached to the nucleotide analog at its beta phosphate.
US10/967,778 1999-06-28 2004-10-18 Methods and apparatus for analyzing polynucleotide sequences Abandoned US20050147992A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/967,778 US20050147992A1 (en) 1999-06-28 2004-10-18 Methods and apparatus for analyzing polynucleotide sequences

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US14150399P 1999-06-28 1999-06-28
US14719999P 1999-08-03 1999-08-03
US16374299P 1999-11-04 1999-11-04
US18685600P 2000-03-03 2000-03-03
US09/605,520 US7601270B1 (en) 1999-06-28 2000-06-27 Microfabricated elastomeric valve and pump systems
US09/707,737 US6818395B1 (en) 1999-06-28 2000-11-06 Methods and apparatus for analyzing polynucleotide sequences
US09/908,830 US6911345B2 (en) 1999-06-28 2001-07-18 Methods and apparatus for analyzing polynucleotide sequences
US10/967,778 US20050147992A1 (en) 1999-06-28 2004-10-18 Methods and apparatus for analyzing polynucleotide sequences

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/908,830 Continuation US6911345B2 (en) 1999-06-28 2001-07-18 Methods and apparatus for analyzing polynucleotide sequences

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20050147992A1 true US20050147992A1 (en) 2005-07-07

Family

ID=33425705

Family Applications (5)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/707,737 Expired - Lifetime US6818395B1 (en) 1999-06-28 2000-11-06 Methods and apparatus for analyzing polynucleotide sequences
US09/908,830 Expired - Fee Related US6911345B2 (en) 1999-06-28 2001-07-18 Methods and apparatus for analyzing polynucleotide sequences
US10/845,932 Expired - Fee Related US7462449B2 (en) 1999-06-28 2004-05-14 Methods and apparatuses for analyzing polynucleotide sequences
US10/967,778 Abandoned US20050147992A1 (en) 1999-06-28 2004-10-18 Methods and apparatus for analyzing polynucleotide sequences
US11/928,926 Abandoned US20080096216A1 (en) 1999-06-28 2007-10-30 Methods and apparatuses for analyzing polynucleotide sequences

Family Applications Before (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/707,737 Expired - Lifetime US6818395B1 (en) 1999-06-28 2000-11-06 Methods and apparatus for analyzing polynucleotide sequences
US09/908,830 Expired - Fee Related US6911345B2 (en) 1999-06-28 2001-07-18 Methods and apparatus for analyzing polynucleotide sequences
US10/845,932 Expired - Fee Related US7462449B2 (en) 1999-06-28 2004-05-14 Methods and apparatuses for analyzing polynucleotide sequences

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/928,926 Abandoned US20080096216A1 (en) 1999-06-28 2007-10-30 Methods and apparatuses for analyzing polynucleotide sequences

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (5) US6818395B1 (en)

Cited By (26)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20030087198A1 (en) * 2001-09-19 2003-05-08 Dharmatilleke Saman Mangala Three-dimensional polymer nano/micro molding by sacrificial layer technique
US20080311571A1 (en) * 2004-11-19 2008-12-18 Wakunaga Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Nucleic Acid Fragments for Detecting Nucleic Acid and Method for Detecting Nucleic Acid
US7501245B2 (en) 1999-06-28 2009-03-10 Helicos Biosciences Corp. Methods and apparatuses for analyzing polynucleotide sequences
US20090069194A1 (en) * 2007-09-07 2009-03-12 Fluidigm Corporation Copy number variation determination, methods and systems
WO2010002939A2 (en) * 2008-06-30 2010-01-07 Life Technologies Corporation Methods for real time single molecule sequencing
US7645596B2 (en) 1998-05-01 2010-01-12 Arizona Board Of Regents Method of determining the nucleotide sequence of oligonucleotides and DNA molecules
US20100036110A1 (en) * 2008-08-08 2010-02-11 Xiaoliang Sunney Xie Methods and compositions for continuous single-molecule nucleic acid sequencing by synthesis with fluorogenic nucleotides
US7666593B2 (en) 2005-08-26 2010-02-23 Helicos Biosciences Corporation Single molecule sequencing of captured nucleic acids
US20100227327A1 (en) * 2008-08-08 2010-09-09 Xiaoliang Sunney Xie Methods and compositions for continuous single-molecule nucleic acid sequencing by synthesis with fluorogenic nucleotides
US7981604B2 (en) 2004-02-19 2011-07-19 California Institute Of Technology Methods and kits for analyzing polynucleotide sequences
US8168380B2 (en) 1997-02-12 2012-05-01 Life Technologies Corporation Methods and products for analyzing polymers
US8314216B2 (en) 2000-12-01 2012-11-20 Life Technologies Corporation Enzymatic nucleic acid synthesis: compositions and methods for inhibiting pyrophosphorolysis
US8771491B2 (en) 2009-09-30 2014-07-08 Quantapore, Inc. Ultrafast sequencing of biological polymers using a labeled nanopore
US9012144B2 (en) 2003-11-12 2015-04-21 Fluidigm Corporation Short cycle methods for sequencing polynucleotides
US20150130473A1 (en) * 2013-11-01 2015-05-14 Masoud Agah Miniaturized Helium Photoionization Detector
US9096898B2 (en) 1998-05-01 2015-08-04 Life Technologies Corporation Method of determining the nucleotide sequence of oligonucleotides and DNA molecules
US9624537B2 (en) 2014-10-24 2017-04-18 Quantapore, Inc. Efficient optical analysis of polymers using arrays of nanostructures
US9651539B2 (en) 2012-10-28 2017-05-16 Quantapore, Inc. Reducing background fluorescence in MEMS materials by low energy ion beam treatment
US9700038B2 (en) 2009-02-25 2017-07-11 Genea Limited Cryopreservation of biological cells and tissues
US9826733B2 (en) 2013-01-07 2017-11-28 Genea Ip Holdings Pty Limited Method, system and apparatus for improved micromanipulation and storage
US9862997B2 (en) 2013-05-24 2018-01-09 Quantapore, Inc. Nanopore-based nucleic acid analysis with mixed FRET detection
US9885079B2 (en) 2014-10-10 2018-02-06 Quantapore, Inc. Nanopore-based polymer analysis with mutually-quenching fluorescent labels
US9903820B2 (en) 2007-05-08 2018-02-27 The Trustees Of Boston University Chemical functionalization of solid-state nanopores and nanopore arrays and applications thereof
US10244749B2 (en) 2010-05-28 2019-04-02 Genea Ip Holdings Pty Limited Micromanipulation and storage apparatus and methods
US10823721B2 (en) 2016-07-05 2020-11-03 Quantapore, Inc. Optically based nanopore sequencing
US11753682B2 (en) 2016-03-07 2023-09-12 Father Flanagan's Boys'Home Noninvasive molecular controls

Families Citing this family (621)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6221654B1 (en) * 1996-09-25 2001-04-24 California Institute Of Technology Method and apparatus for analysis and sorting of polynucleotides based on size
US7155344B1 (en) * 1998-07-27 2006-12-26 Caliper Life Sciences, Inc. Distributed database for analytical instruments
US20040106110A1 (en) * 1998-07-30 2004-06-03 Solexa, Ltd. Preparation of polynucleotide arrays
US20100130368A1 (en) * 1998-07-30 2010-05-27 Shankar Balasubramanian Method and system for sequencing polynucleotides
US7056661B2 (en) * 1999-05-19 2006-06-06 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Method for sequencing nucleic acid molecules
US6818395B1 (en) * 1999-06-28 2004-11-16 California Institute Of Technology Methods and apparatus for analyzing polynucleotide sequences
CA2290731A1 (en) * 1999-11-26 2001-05-26 D. Jed Harrison Apparatus and method for trapping bead based reagents within microfluidic analysis system
US6432290B1 (en) 1999-11-26 2002-08-13 The Governors Of The University Of Alberta Apparatus and method for trapping bead based reagents within microfluidic analysis systems
GB0002389D0 (en) * 2000-02-02 2000-03-22 Solexa Ltd Molecular arrays
AU8288101A (en) * 2000-07-07 2002-01-21 Visigen Biotechnologies Inc Real-time sequence determination
US20070172866A1 (en) * 2000-07-07 2007-07-26 Susan Hardin Methods for sequence determination using depolymerizing agent
US9708358B2 (en) 2000-10-06 2017-07-18 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Massive parallel method for decoding DNA and RNA
JP2004510433A (en) 2000-10-06 2004-04-08 ザ・トラスティーズ・オブ・コランビア・ユニバーシティー・イン・ザ・シティー・オブ・ニューヨーク Massively parallel methods for decoding DNA and RNA
US20020121443A1 (en) * 2000-11-13 2002-09-05 Genoptix Methods for the combined electrical and optical identification, characterization and/or sorting of particles
US20020160470A1 (en) * 2000-11-13 2002-10-31 Genoptix Methods and apparatus for generating and utilizing linear moving optical gradients
US6936811B2 (en) * 2000-11-13 2005-08-30 Genoptix, Inc. Method for separating micro-particles
US20030007894A1 (en) * 2001-04-27 2003-01-09 Genoptix Methods and apparatus for use of optical forces for identification, characterization and/or sorting of particles
US20020123112A1 (en) * 2000-11-13 2002-09-05 Genoptix Methods for increasing detection sensitivity in optical dielectric sorting systems
WO2002061391A2 (en) * 2001-01-31 2002-08-08 The University Of Tennessee Research Corporation Methods for detecting interaction of molecules with surface-bound reagents
US6913697B2 (en) 2001-02-14 2005-07-05 Science & Technology Corporation @ Unm Nanostructured separation and analysis devices for biological membranes
US7297518B2 (en) * 2001-03-12 2007-11-20 California Institute Of Technology Methods and apparatus for analyzing polynucleotide sequences by asynchronous base extension
EP2465943A3 (en) 2001-03-16 2012-10-03 Kalim Mir Linear polymer display
US7601286B2 (en) * 2001-03-26 2009-10-13 Lawrence Livermore National Security, Llc Polymer-based platform for microfluidic systems
US20040023310A1 (en) * 2001-04-27 2004-02-05 Genoptix, Inc Quantitative determination of protein kinase C activation using optophoretic analysis
US20030124516A1 (en) * 2001-04-27 2003-07-03 Genoptix, Inc. Method of using optical interrogation to determine a biological property of a cell or population of cells
US20020160427A1 (en) * 2001-04-27 2002-10-31 Febit Ag Methods and apparatuses for electronic determination of analytes
US20030194755A1 (en) * 2001-04-27 2003-10-16 Genoptix, Inc. Early detection of apoptotic events and apoptosis using optophoretic analysis
US7668697B2 (en) * 2006-02-06 2010-02-23 Andrei Volkov Method for analyzing dynamic detectable events at the single molecule level
EP1432829A4 (en) * 2001-10-04 2005-01-19 Univ California Detection of polynucleotide hybridization
US20030108664A1 (en) * 2001-10-05 2003-06-12 Kodas Toivo T. Methods and compositions for the formation of recessed electrical features on a substrate
US7691333B2 (en) * 2001-11-30 2010-04-06 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic device and methods of using same
GB0129012D0 (en) * 2001-12-04 2002-01-23 Solexa Ltd Labelled nucleotides
US7057026B2 (en) * 2001-12-04 2006-06-06 Solexa Limited Labelled nucleotides
WO2003074571A2 (en) * 2002-02-28 2003-09-12 Keck Graduate Institute Cationic polyelectrolytes in biomolecule purification and analysis
US20040174821A1 (en) * 2003-03-04 2004-09-09 Christian Eggeling Method for detecting the impacts of interfering effects on experimental data
CA2481495C (en) * 2002-04-04 2011-08-30 Biotage Ab Primer extension based method employing nucleotides labelled via cleavable linkers
GB0208687D0 (en) * 2002-04-16 2002-05-29 Davis John B Elastomer-glass fluid control elements
US20030203366A1 (en) * 2002-04-26 2003-10-30 Large Scale Proteomics Corporation Microarray channel devices produced by a block mold process
US20040033539A1 (en) * 2002-05-01 2004-02-19 Genoptix, Inc Method of using optical interrogation to determine a biological property of a cell or population of cells
US20030211461A1 (en) * 2002-05-01 2003-11-13 Genoptix, Inc Optophoretic detection of durgs exhibiting inhibitory effect on Bcr-Abl positive tumor cells
US7351379B2 (en) * 2002-06-14 2008-04-01 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Fluid containment structure
US7371348B2 (en) * 2002-06-14 2008-05-13 Agilent Technologies Multiple array format
US6952651B2 (en) * 2002-06-17 2005-10-04 Intel Corporation Methods and apparatus for nucleic acid sequencing by signal stretching and data integration
US20060086309A1 (en) * 2002-06-24 2006-04-27 Fluiding Corporation Recirculating fluidic network and methods for using the same
US7414116B2 (en) 2002-08-23 2008-08-19 Illumina Cambridge Limited Labelled nucleotides
US11008359B2 (en) 2002-08-23 2021-05-18 Illumina Cambridge Limited Labelled nucleotides
DK3587433T3 (en) 2002-08-23 2020-05-18 Illumina Cambridge Ltd MODIFIED NUCLEOTIDES
US7279134B2 (en) * 2002-09-17 2007-10-09 Intel Corporation Microfluidic devices with porous membranes for molecular sieving, metering, and separations
EP2213615A3 (en) 2002-09-25 2012-02-29 California Institute of Technology Microfluidic Large Scale Integration
ES2375724T3 (en) 2002-09-27 2012-03-05 The General Hospital Corporation MICROFLUDE DEVICE FOR SEPERATION OF CELLS AND ITS USES.
JP5695287B2 (en) 2002-10-02 2015-04-01 カリフォルニア インスティテュート オブ テクノロジー Nucleic acid analysis of microfluids
US20040121474A1 (en) * 2002-12-19 2004-06-24 Genoptix, Inc Detection and evaluation of chemically-mediated and ligand-mediated t-cell activation using optophoretic analysis
US20040121307A1 (en) * 2002-12-19 2004-06-24 Genoptix, Inc Early detection of cellular differentiation using optophoresis
EP1594694A4 (en) * 2002-12-30 2010-01-20 Univ California Methods and apparatus for pathogen detection and analysis
US20090186343A1 (en) * 2003-01-28 2009-07-23 Visigen Biotechnologies, Inc. Methods for preparing modified biomolecules, modified biomolecules and methods for using same
US20050274456A1 (en) * 2003-02-03 2005-12-15 Roitman Daniel B Fluid-channel device with covalently bound hard and soft structural components
GB0307428D0 (en) 2003-03-31 2003-05-07 Medical Res Council Compartmentalised combinatorial chemistry
US20060078893A1 (en) 2004-10-12 2006-04-13 Medical Research Council Compartmentalised combinatorial chemistry by microfluidic control
GB0307403D0 (en) 2003-03-31 2003-05-07 Medical Res Council Selection by compartmentalised screening
JP5419248B2 (en) * 2003-04-03 2014-02-19 フルイディグム コーポレイション Microfluidic device and method of use thereof
US7604965B2 (en) 2003-04-03 2009-10-20 Fluidigm Corporation Thermal reaction device and method for using the same
US7476363B2 (en) 2003-04-03 2009-01-13 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic devices and methods of using same
US20050145496A1 (en) * 2003-04-03 2005-07-07 Federico Goodsaid Thermal reaction device and method for using the same
US8828663B2 (en) 2005-03-18 2014-09-09 Fluidigm Corporation Thermal reaction device and method for using the same
WO2004091795A2 (en) * 2003-04-10 2004-10-28 U.S. Genomics, Inc. Manipulation of polymers in a microchannel
US20050170367A1 (en) * 2003-06-10 2005-08-04 Quake Stephen R. Fluorescently labeled nucleoside triphosphates and analogs thereof for sequencing nucleic acids
GB2405182B (en) * 2003-08-20 2008-01-02 Micro Chemical Systems Ltd Fluid dispenser
CN1860363B (en) * 2003-08-28 2011-12-28 赛路拉公司 Methods and apparatus for sorting cells using an optical switch in a microfluidic channel network
US7296592B2 (en) * 2003-09-16 2007-11-20 Eksigent Technologies, Llc Composite polymer microfluidic control device
EP1535952B1 (en) * 2003-11-28 2013-01-16 Universite Louis Pasteur Method for preparing crosslinked polyelectrolyte multilayer films
US20060172408A1 (en) * 2003-12-01 2006-08-03 Quake Steven R Device for immobilizing chemical and biochemical species and methods of using same
DE602004001329T2 (en) * 2004-02-05 2006-12-14 Agilent Technologies, Inc., Palo Alto Manufacturing method for a device with liquid channels and covalently bonded hard and soft components
WO2005080606A1 (en) * 2004-02-18 2005-09-01 Xiaochuan Zhou Fluidic devices and methods for multiplex chemical and biochemical reactions
US20100216153A1 (en) 2004-02-27 2010-08-26 Helicos Biosciences Corporation Methods for detecting fetal nucleic acids and diagnosing fetal abnormalities
US20060046258A1 (en) * 2004-02-27 2006-03-02 Lapidus Stanley N Applications of single molecule sequencing
US20080032420A1 (en) * 2004-03-30 2008-02-07 Lambert James L Surface Enhanced Raman Scattering and Multiplexed Diagnostic Assays
WO2006071247A2 (en) * 2004-03-30 2006-07-06 California Institute Of Technology Diagnostic assays including multiplexed lateral flow immunoassays with quantum dots
US20050221339A1 (en) 2004-03-31 2005-10-06 Medical Research Council Harvard University Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control
US20050239085A1 (en) * 2004-04-23 2005-10-27 Buzby Philip R Methods for nucleic acid sequence determination
AU2005324505B2 (en) * 2004-05-13 2009-09-10 Nanobiosym, Inc. Nano-PCR: methods and devices for nucleic acid amplification and detection
US20050260609A1 (en) * 2004-05-24 2005-11-24 Lapidus Stanley N Methods and devices for sequencing nucleic acids
US20070117104A1 (en) * 2005-11-22 2007-05-24 Buzby Philip R Nucleotide analogs
US20070117103A1 (en) * 2005-11-22 2007-05-24 Buzby Philip R Nucleotide analogs
US7476734B2 (en) * 2005-12-06 2009-01-13 Helicos Biosciences Corporation Nucleotide analogs
WO2006007207A2 (en) * 2004-05-25 2006-01-19 Helicos Biosciences Corporation Methods and devices for nucleic acid sequence determination
US7311794B2 (en) 2004-05-28 2007-12-25 Wafergen, Inc. Methods of sealing micro wells
US7799553B2 (en) * 2004-06-01 2010-09-21 The Regents Of The University Of California Microfabricated integrated DNA analysis system
EP1754257B1 (en) * 2004-06-07 2013-12-25 Fluidigm Corporation Optical lens system and method for microfluidic devices
US8536661B1 (en) 2004-06-25 2013-09-17 University Of Hawaii Biosensor chip sensor protection methods
US7378259B2 (en) * 2004-07-15 2008-05-27 Applera Corporation Fluid processing device
US20060024678A1 (en) * 2004-07-28 2006-02-02 Helicos Biosciences Corporation Use of single-stranded nucleic acid binding proteins in sequencing
US7888013B2 (en) * 2004-08-27 2011-02-15 National Institute For Materials Science Method of analyzing DNA sequence using field-effect device, and base sequence analyzer
CN102759466A (en) * 2004-09-15 2012-10-31 英特基因有限公司 Microfluidic devices
US7170050B2 (en) * 2004-09-17 2007-01-30 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Apparatus and methods for optical analysis of molecules
US7476503B2 (en) * 2004-09-17 2009-01-13 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Apparatus and method for performing nucleic acid analysis
US7968287B2 (en) 2004-10-08 2011-06-28 Medical Research Council Harvard University In vitro evolution in microfluidic systems
US20060118754A1 (en) * 2004-12-08 2006-06-08 Lapen Daniel C Stabilizing a polyelectrolyte multilayer
US7220549B2 (en) * 2004-12-30 2007-05-22 Helicos Biosciences Corporation Stabilizing a nucleic acid for nucleic acid sequencing
US20060172328A1 (en) * 2005-01-05 2006-08-03 Buzby Philip R Methods and compositions for correcting misincorporation in a nucleic acid synthesis reaction
US20060166223A1 (en) * 2005-01-26 2006-07-27 Reed Michael W DNA purification and analysis on nanoengineered surfaces
US7482120B2 (en) * 2005-01-28 2009-01-27 Helicos Biosciences Corporation Methods and compositions for improving fidelity in a nucleic acid synthesis reaction
WO2006094149A2 (en) * 2005-03-01 2006-09-08 Exact Sciences Corporation Methods and compositions for detecting adenoma
US20060269934A1 (en) * 2005-03-16 2006-11-30 Applera Corporation Compositions and methods for clonal amplification and analysis of polynucleotides
US20070196820A1 (en) 2005-04-05 2007-08-23 Ravi Kapur Devices and methods for enrichment and alteration of cells and other particles
US20080269076A1 (en) * 2005-05-06 2008-10-30 Applera Corporation Multiple Capillary Device and Method for Synthesis and Dispensing
US20060263790A1 (en) * 2005-05-20 2006-11-23 Timothy Harris Methods for improving fidelity in a nucleic acid synthesis reaction
US7709197B2 (en) 2005-06-15 2010-05-04 Callida Genomics, Inc. Nucleic acid analysis by random mixtures of non-overlapping fragments
US20070128083A1 (en) * 2005-07-18 2007-06-07 U.S. Genomics, Inc. Microfluidic methods and apparatuses for sample preparation and analysis
US20070042406A1 (en) * 2005-07-18 2007-02-22 U.S. Genomics, Inc. Diffusion mediated clean-up of a target carrier fluid
EP1904653A4 (en) * 2005-07-18 2010-04-14 Us Genomics Inc Microfluidic methods and apparatuses for sample preparation and analysis
US8921102B2 (en) 2005-07-29 2014-12-30 Gpb Scientific, Llc Devices and methods for enrichment and alteration of circulating tumor cells and other particles
US20080219890A1 (en) * 2005-08-04 2008-09-11 Helicos Biosciences Corporation Sample loading and recovery
CA2617606A1 (en) * 2005-08-04 2007-02-15 Helicos Biosciences Corporation Multi-channel flow cells
US7805081B2 (en) * 2005-08-11 2010-09-28 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Methods and systems for monitoring multiple optical signals from a single source
GB0517097D0 (en) * 2005-08-19 2005-09-28 Solexa Ltd Modified nucleosides and nucleotides and uses thereof
US20070059716A1 (en) * 2005-09-15 2007-03-15 Ulysses Balis Methods for detecting fetal abnormality
US7405281B2 (en) * 2005-09-29 2008-07-29 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Fluorescent nucleotide analogs and uses therefor
US7763423B2 (en) * 2005-09-30 2010-07-27 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Substrates having low density reactive groups for monitoring enzyme activity
WO2007041621A2 (en) * 2005-10-03 2007-04-12 Xingsheng Sean Ling Hybridization assisted nanopore sequencing
CA2624896C (en) 2005-10-07 2017-11-07 Callida Genomics, Inc. Self-assembled single molecule arrays and uses thereof
US20070117102A1 (en) * 2005-11-22 2007-05-24 Buzby Philip R Nucleotide analogs
US7998717B2 (en) 2005-12-02 2011-08-16 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Mitigation of photodamage in analytical reactions
US20070128610A1 (en) * 2005-12-02 2007-06-07 Buzby Philip R Sample preparation method and apparatus for nucleic acid sequencing
US20090305248A1 (en) * 2005-12-15 2009-12-10 Lander Eric G Methods for increasing accuracy of nucleic acid sequencing
US20100137163A1 (en) 2006-01-11 2010-06-03 Link Darren R Microfluidic Devices and Methods of Use in The Formation and Control of Nanoreactors
HUE045358T2 (en) 2006-02-02 2019-12-30 Univ Leland Stanford Junior Non-invasive fetal genetic screening by digital analysis
WO2008030631A2 (en) 2006-02-03 2008-03-13 Microchip Biotechnologies, Inc. Microfluidic devices
US7715001B2 (en) * 2006-02-13 2010-05-11 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Methods and systems for simultaneous real-time monitoring of optical signals from multiple sources
US7692783B2 (en) * 2006-02-13 2010-04-06 Pacific Biosciences Of California Methods and systems for simultaneous real-time monitoring of optical signals from multiple sources
US7995202B2 (en) * 2006-02-13 2011-08-09 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Methods and systems for simultaneous real-time monitoring of optical signals from multiple sources
SG170028A1 (en) * 2006-02-24 2011-04-29 Callida Genomics Inc High throughput genome sequencing on dna arrays
EP2495337A1 (en) 2006-02-24 2012-09-05 Callida Genomics, Inc. High throughput genome sequencing on DNA arrays
JP4365832B2 (en) * 2006-03-07 2009-11-18 株式会社日立製作所 Biochemical analysis cell, biochemical analysis kit and biochemical analysis device
US20080309926A1 (en) * 2006-03-08 2008-12-18 Aaron Weber Systems and methods for reducing detected intensity non uniformity in a laser beam
US7397546B2 (en) * 2006-03-08 2008-07-08 Helicos Biosciences Corporation Systems and methods for reducing detected intensity non-uniformity in a laser beam
US7766033B2 (en) 2006-03-22 2010-08-03 The Regents Of The University Of California Multiplexed latching valves for microfluidic devices and processors
US20080050747A1 (en) * 2006-03-30 2008-02-28 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Articles having localized molecules disposed thereon and methods of producing and using same
US8975216B2 (en) 2006-03-30 2015-03-10 Pacific Biosciences Of California Articles having localized molecules disposed thereon and methods of producing same
US7563574B2 (en) 2006-03-31 2009-07-21 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Methods, systems and compositions for monitoring enzyme activity and applications thereof
US7282337B1 (en) * 2006-04-14 2007-10-16 Helicos Biosciences Corporation Methods for increasing accuracy of nucleic acid sequencing
US20090075252A1 (en) * 2006-04-14 2009-03-19 Helicos Biosciences Corporation Methods for increasing accuracy of nucleic acid sequencing
WO2007124105A2 (en) 2006-04-21 2007-11-01 Nanobiosym, Inc. Single-molecule platform for drug discovery: methods and apparatuses for drug discovery, including discovery of anticancer and antiviral agents
US9562837B2 (en) 2006-05-11 2017-02-07 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Systems for handling microfludic droplets
WO2007133710A2 (en) 2006-05-11 2007-11-22 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Microfluidic devices and methods of use thereof
JP5220596B2 (en) * 2006-05-24 2013-06-26 独立行政法人産業技術総合研究所 Nucleic acid synthesis method and single molecule sequencing method using DNA polymerase β
US8137912B2 (en) 2006-06-14 2012-03-20 The General Hospital Corporation Methods for the diagnosis of fetal abnormalities
US20080050739A1 (en) 2006-06-14 2008-02-28 Roland Stoughton Diagnosis of fetal abnormalities using polymorphisms including short tandem repeats
EP2029779A4 (en) 2006-06-14 2010-01-20 Living Microsystems Inc Use of highly parallel snp genotyping for fetal diagnosis
EP2589668A1 (en) 2006-06-14 2013-05-08 Verinata Health, Inc Rare cell analysis using sample splitting and DNA tags
WO2007147110A2 (en) * 2006-06-16 2007-12-21 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Controlled initiation of primer extension
US8163535B2 (en) * 2006-06-26 2012-04-24 Blood Cell Storage, Inc. Devices and processes for nucleic acid extraction
EP2041318A2 (en) * 2006-06-26 2009-04-01 Blood Cell Storage, Inc. Device and method for extraction and analysis of nucleic acids from biological samples
US7629124B2 (en) * 2006-06-30 2009-12-08 Canon U.S. Life Sciences, Inc. Real-time PCR in micro-channels
US20080076909A1 (en) * 2006-06-30 2008-03-27 Applera Corporation Emulsion pcr and amplicon capture
US20080007838A1 (en) * 2006-07-07 2008-01-10 Omnitech Partners, Inc. Field-of-view indicator, and optical system and associated method employing the same
US20080241951A1 (en) * 2006-07-20 2008-10-02 Visigen Biotechnologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for moving stage detection of single molecular events
US20080091005A1 (en) * 2006-07-20 2008-04-17 Visigen Biotechnologies, Inc. Modified nucleotides, methods for making and using same
US20080241938A1 (en) * 2006-07-20 2008-10-02 Visigen Biotechnologies, Inc. Automated synthesis or sequencing apparatus and method for making and using same
WO2008021123A1 (en) 2006-08-07 2008-02-21 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Fluorocarbon emulsion stabilizing surfactants
AU2007289057C1 (en) * 2006-09-01 2014-01-16 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Substrates, systems and methods for analyzing materials
US8207509B2 (en) 2006-09-01 2012-06-26 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Substrates, systems and methods for analyzing materials
WO2008042067A2 (en) 2006-09-28 2008-04-10 Illumina, Inc. Compositions and methods for nucleotide sequencing
US20080081330A1 (en) * 2006-09-28 2008-04-03 Helicos Biosciences Corporation Method and devices for analyzing small RNA molecules
US8841116B2 (en) 2006-10-25 2014-09-23 The Regents Of The University Of California Inline-injection microdevice and microfabricated integrated DNA analysis system using same
WO2008070352A2 (en) * 2006-10-27 2008-06-12 Complete Genomics, Inc. Efficient arrays of amplified polynucleotides
US20090111706A1 (en) * 2006-11-09 2009-04-30 Complete Genomics, Inc. Selection of dna adaptor orientation by amplification
GB2457402B (en) 2006-12-01 2011-10-19 Univ Columbia Four-color DNA sequencing by synthesis using cleavable fluorescent nucleotide reversible terminators
US7893227B2 (en) * 2006-12-05 2011-02-22 Lasergen, Inc. 3′-OH unblocked nucleotides and nucleosides base modified with non-cleavable, terminating groups and methods for their use in DNA sequencing
US7897737B2 (en) 2006-12-05 2011-03-01 Lasergen, Inc. 3′-OH unblocked, nucleotides and nucleosides, base modified with photocleavable, terminating groups and methods for their use in DNA sequencing
US8681743B2 (en) * 2006-12-08 2014-03-25 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method for selecting frame structure in multihop relay broadband wireless access communication system
EP2639579B1 (en) 2006-12-14 2016-11-16 Life Technologies Corporation Apparatus for measuring analytes using large scale FET arrays
US8349167B2 (en) 2006-12-14 2013-01-08 Life Technologies Corporation Methods and apparatus for detecting molecular interactions using FET arrays
US8262900B2 (en) 2006-12-14 2012-09-11 Life Technologies Corporation Methods and apparatus for measuring analytes using large scale FET arrays
US11339430B2 (en) 2007-07-10 2022-05-24 Life Technologies Corporation Methods and apparatus for measuring analytes using large scale FET arrays
US20090053690A1 (en) 2007-02-02 2009-02-26 California Institute Of Technology Surface chemistry and deposition techniques
WO2008115626A2 (en) * 2007-02-05 2008-09-25 Microchip Biotechnologies, Inc. Microfluidic and nanofluidic devices, systems, and applications
WO2008097559A2 (en) 2007-02-06 2008-08-14 Brandeis University Manipulation of fluids and reactions in microfluidic systems
US8592221B2 (en) 2007-04-19 2013-11-26 Brandeis University Manipulation of fluids, fluid components and reactions in microfluidic systems
US20100167413A1 (en) * 2007-05-10 2010-07-01 Paul Lundquist Methods and systems for analyzing fluorescent materials with reduced autofluorescence
US20080277595A1 (en) * 2007-05-10 2008-11-13 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Highly multiplexed confocal detection systems and methods of using same
JP2008298600A (en) * 2007-05-31 2008-12-11 National Institute Of Advanced Industrial & Technology Micro-fluid element in which a plurality of recognition material are immobilized, its manufacturing method, and analytical method using the same
KR101972994B1 (en) 2007-07-23 2019-04-29 더 차이니즈 유니버시티 오브 홍콩 Diagnosing fetal chromosomal aneuploidy using massively parallel genomic sequencing
US20100112590A1 (en) 2007-07-23 2010-05-06 The Chinese University Of Hong Kong Diagnosing Fetal Chromosomal Aneuploidy Using Genomic Sequencing With Enrichment
US8454906B2 (en) * 2007-07-24 2013-06-04 The Regents Of The University Of California Microfabricated droplet generator for single molecule/cell genetic analysis in engineered monodispersed emulsions
US8759077B2 (en) * 2007-08-28 2014-06-24 Lightspeed Genomics, Inc. Apparatus for selective excitation of microparticles
US8222040B2 (en) * 2007-08-28 2012-07-17 Lightspeed Genomics, Inc. Nucleic acid sequencing by selective excitation of microparticles
JP2010537643A (en) 2007-08-29 2010-12-09 アプライド バイオシステムズ, エルエルシー Alternative nucleic acid sequencing methods
EP2201136B1 (en) 2007-10-01 2017-12-06 Nabsys 2.0 LLC Nanopore sequencing by hybridization of probes to form ternary complexes and variable range alignment
US8951731B2 (en) * 2007-10-15 2015-02-10 Complete Genomics, Inc. Sequence analysis using decorated nucleic acids
EP2209911B1 (en) 2007-10-19 2013-10-16 The Trustees of Columbia University in the City of New York Dna sequencing with non-fluorescent nucleotide reversible terminators and cleavable label modified nucleotide terminators and a deoxyinosine analogue with a reversible terminator group
US20110014611A1 (en) 2007-10-19 2011-01-20 Jingyue Ju Design and synthesis of cleavable fluorescent nucleotides as reversible terminators for dna sequences by synthesis
US20090130746A1 (en) * 2007-10-25 2009-05-21 Canon U.S. Life Sciences, Inc. Microchannel surface coating
US8617811B2 (en) 2008-01-28 2013-12-31 Complete Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for efficient base calling in sequencing reactions
CN101910399B (en) 2007-10-30 2015-11-25 考利达基因组股份有限公司 For the device of high throughput sequencing of nucleic acids
US20090136948A1 (en) * 2007-10-31 2009-05-28 Jongyoon Han Nanoconfinement- based devices and methods of use thereof
US9551026B2 (en) 2007-12-03 2017-01-24 Complete Genomincs, Inc. Method for nucleic acid detection using voltage enhancement
EP2610351B1 (en) 2007-12-05 2015-07-08 Complete Genomics, Inc. Efficient base determination in sequencing reactions
KR20110030415A (en) 2008-01-22 2011-03-23 인터젠엑스 인크. Universal sample preparation system and use in an integrated analysis system
JP2011515102A (en) 2008-03-28 2011-05-19 パシフィック バイオサイエンシーズ オブ カリフォルニア, インコーポレイテッド Compositions and methods for nucleic acid sequencing
DE102008019928A1 (en) * 2008-04-21 2009-12-31 Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Gmbh Procedures for applying spots with capture molecules on substrate surface for chip, particularly optical sensor, involve washing substrate surface of chip by dipping in aqueous solution of cationic polyelectrolyte
CA2979146C (en) 2008-06-11 2020-07-07 Lasergen, Inc. Nucleotides and nucleosides and methods for their use in dna sequencing
US8092761B2 (en) * 2008-06-20 2012-01-10 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Mechanically-actuated microfluidic diaphragm valve
US20090314368A1 (en) * 2008-06-20 2009-12-24 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Microfluidic System Comprising Pinch Valve and On-Chip MEMS Pump
US20090317302A1 (en) * 2008-06-20 2009-12-24 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Microfluidic System Comprising MEMS Integrated Circuit
US20090314367A1 (en) * 2008-06-20 2009-12-24 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Bonded Microfluidics System Comprising CMOS-Controllable Microfluidic Devices
US20090317301A1 (en) * 2008-06-20 2009-12-24 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Bonded Microfluidics System Comprising MEMS-Actuated Microfluidic Devices
US8075855B2 (en) * 2008-06-20 2011-12-13 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd MEMS integrated circuit comprising peristaltic microfluidic pump
US20090315126A1 (en) * 2008-06-20 2009-12-24 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Bonded Microfluidic System Comprising Thermal Bend Actuated Valve
US8080220B2 (en) * 2008-06-20 2011-12-20 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Thermal bend actuated microfluidic peristaltic pump
US7981386B2 (en) * 2008-06-20 2011-07-19 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Mechanically-actuated microfluidic valve
US8062612B2 (en) * 2008-06-20 2011-11-22 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd MEMS integrated circuit comprising microfluidic diaphragm valve
EP2982437B1 (en) 2008-06-25 2017-12-06 Life Technologies Corporation Methods and apparatus for measuring analytes using large scale fet arrays
EP4047367A1 (en) 2008-07-18 2022-08-24 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Method for detecting target analytes with droplet libraries
US8262879B2 (en) 2008-09-03 2012-09-11 Nabsys, Inc. Devices and methods for determining the length of biopolymers and distances between probes bound thereto
US8882980B2 (en) 2008-09-03 2014-11-11 Nabsys, Inc. Use of longitudinally displaced nanoscale electrodes for voltage sensing of biomolecules and other analytes in fluidic channels
US9650668B2 (en) 2008-09-03 2017-05-16 Nabsys 2.0 Llc Use of longitudinally displaced nanoscale electrodes for voltage sensing of biomolecules and other analytes in fluidic channels
CA3063032A1 (en) 2008-09-16 2010-03-25 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Substrates and optical systems and methods of use thereof
EP3378951B1 (en) 2008-09-20 2020-05-13 The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University Noninvasive diagnosis of aneuploidy by sequencing
WO2010039189A2 (en) * 2008-09-23 2010-04-08 Helicos Biosciences Corporation Methods for sequencing degraded or modified nucleic acids
US20100137143A1 (en) 2008-10-22 2010-06-03 Ion Torrent Systems Incorporated Methods and apparatus for measuring analytes
US20100301398A1 (en) 2009-05-29 2010-12-02 Ion Torrent Systems Incorporated Methods and apparatus for measuring analytes
KR20110101143A (en) * 2008-11-04 2011-09-15 블러드 셀 스토리지 인코퍼레이티드 Nucleic acid extraction on curved glass surfaces
US8672532B2 (en) 2008-12-31 2014-03-18 Integenx Inc. Microfluidic methods
US8615365B2 (en) * 2009-02-03 2013-12-24 Complete Genomics, Inc. Oligomer sequences mapping
WO2010091024A1 (en) * 2009-02-03 2010-08-12 Complete Genomics, Inc. Oligomer sequences mapping
EP2393944A4 (en) * 2009-02-03 2013-11-27 Complete Genomics Inc Indexing a reference sequence for oligomer sequence mapping
FR2942465B1 (en) * 2009-02-25 2011-03-18 Univ Lille Sciences Tech METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING MICROCANELS ON A SUPPORT, AND CARRIER COMPRISING SUCH MICROCANALS
GB0904957D0 (en) 2009-03-23 2009-05-06 Univ Erasmus Medical Ct Tumour gene profile
EP3415235A1 (en) 2009-03-23 2018-12-19 Raindance Technologies Inc. Manipulation of microfluidic droplets
US8603792B2 (en) 2009-03-27 2013-12-10 Life Technologies Corporation Conjugates of biomolecules to nanoparticles
US8455260B2 (en) 2009-03-27 2013-06-04 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Tagged-fragment map assembly
EP2411536B1 (en) * 2009-03-27 2014-09-17 Nabsys, Inc. Methods for analyzing biomolecules and probes bound thereto
US8772473B2 (en) * 2009-03-30 2014-07-08 The Regents Of The University Of California Mostly natural DNA sequencing by synthesis
DK2511843T3 (en) * 2009-04-29 2017-03-27 Complete Genomics Inc METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING VARIATIONS IN A SAMPLE POLYNUCLEOTIDE SEQUENCE IN TERMS OF A REFERENCE POLYNUCLEOTIDE SEQUENCE
CA2760439A1 (en) 2009-04-30 2010-11-04 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Methods and compositions for evaluating genetic markers
US8246799B2 (en) 2009-05-28 2012-08-21 Nabsys, Inc. Devices and methods for analyzing biomolecules and probes bound thereto
US8673627B2 (en) 2009-05-29 2014-03-18 Life Technologies Corporation Apparatus and methods for performing electrochemical reactions
US8776573B2 (en) 2009-05-29 2014-07-15 Life Technologies Corporation Methods and apparatus for measuring analytes
US20120261274A1 (en) 2009-05-29 2012-10-18 Life Technologies Corporation Methods and apparatus for measuring analytes
US20110130560A1 (en) * 2009-05-29 2011-06-02 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Sonication cartridge for nucleic acid extraction
KR20120030130A (en) 2009-06-02 2012-03-27 인터젠엑스 인크. Fluidic devices with diaphragm valves
SG176669A1 (en) 2009-06-05 2012-01-30 Integenx Inc Universal sample preparation system and use in an integrated analysis system
CN102459592B (en) 2009-06-15 2017-04-05 考利达基因组股份有限公司 For the method and composition of long fragment read sequencing
US8501406B1 (en) 2009-07-14 2013-08-06 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Selectively functionalized arrays
US9416409B2 (en) 2009-07-31 2016-08-16 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Capture primers and capture sequence linked solid supports for molecular diagnostic tests
DK2464729T3 (en) * 2009-08-14 2014-12-15 Epict Technologies Corp PROCEDURES, COMPOSITIONS AND KITS FOR PREPARING rRNA DEPLETED SAMPLES OR ISOLATING rRNA FROM SAMPLES
US20110059864A1 (en) * 2009-09-07 2011-03-10 Caerus Molecular Diagnostics Incorporated Sequence Determination By Use Of Opposing Forces
WO2011031786A2 (en) 2009-09-08 2011-03-17 Laboratory Corporation Of America Holdings Compositions and methods for diagnosing autism spectrum disorders
US20110071033A1 (en) 2009-09-23 2011-03-24 Celmatix, Inc. Methods and devices for assessing infertility and/or egg quality
US10520500B2 (en) 2009-10-09 2019-12-31 Abdeslam El Harrak Labelled silica-based nanomaterial with enhanced properties and uses thereof
US8236570B2 (en) * 2009-11-03 2012-08-07 Infoscitex Methods for identifying nucleic acid ligands
WO2011066588A1 (en) 2009-11-30 2011-06-03 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic device regeneration
US8584703B2 (en) 2009-12-01 2013-11-19 Integenx Inc. Device with diaphragm valve
US8574842B2 (en) * 2009-12-22 2013-11-05 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Direct molecular diagnosis of fetal aneuploidy
WO2011079176A2 (en) 2009-12-23 2011-06-30 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Microfluidic systems and methods for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets
US20110312503A1 (en) 2010-01-23 2011-12-22 Artemis Health, Inc. Methods of fetal abnormality detection
US9399797B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2016-07-26 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Digital analyte analysis
US10351905B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2019-07-16 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Digital analyte analysis
US9366632B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2016-06-14 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Digital analyte analysis
US8535889B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2013-09-17 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Digital analyte analysis
CA2790434A1 (en) 2010-02-18 2011-08-25 Anthony P. Shuber Compositions and methods for treating cancer
US8994946B2 (en) 2010-02-19 2015-03-31 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Integrated analytical system and method
CA2790393C (en) 2010-02-19 2019-03-12 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Integrated analytical system and method
US8502867B2 (en) 2010-03-19 2013-08-06 Lightspeed Genomics, Inc. Synthetic aperture optics imaging method using minimum selective excitation patterns
US9465228B2 (en) 2010-03-19 2016-10-11 Optical Biosystems, Inc. Illumination apparatus optimized for synthetic aperture optics imaging using minimum selective excitation patterns
US10787701B2 (en) 2010-04-05 2020-09-29 Prognosys Biosciences, Inc. Spatially encoded biological assays
WO2011127099A1 (en) 2010-04-05 2011-10-13 Prognosys Biosciences, Inc. Spatially encoded biological assays
US20190300945A1 (en) 2010-04-05 2019-10-03 Prognosys Biosciences, Inc. Spatially Encoded Biological Assays
US9476812B2 (en) 2010-04-21 2016-10-25 Dna Electronics, Inc. Methods for isolating a target analyte from a heterogeneous sample
US8841104B2 (en) 2010-04-21 2014-09-23 Nanomr, Inc. Methods for isolating a target analyte from a heterogeneous sample
US20110262989A1 (en) 2010-04-21 2011-10-27 Nanomr, Inc. Isolating a target analyte from a body fluid
US8774494B2 (en) 2010-04-30 2014-07-08 Complete Genomics, Inc. Method and system for accurate alignment and registration of array for DNA sequencing
CN103003449A (en) 2010-05-06 2013-03-27 艾比斯生物科学公司 Integrated sample preparation systems and stabilized enzyme mixtures
US8512538B2 (en) 2010-05-28 2013-08-20 Integenx Inc. Capillary electrophoresis device
CN103392233B (en) 2010-06-30 2016-08-24 生命科技公司 Array column integrator
JP2013533482A (en) 2010-06-30 2013-08-22 ライフ テクノロジーズ コーポレーション Ion-sensitive charge storage circuit and method
JP5952813B2 (en) 2010-06-30 2016-07-13 ライフ テクノロジーズ コーポレーション Method and apparatus for testing ISFET arrays
US11307166B2 (en) 2010-07-01 2022-04-19 Life Technologies Corporation Column ADC
TWI527245B (en) 2010-07-03 2016-03-21 生命技術公司 Chemically sensitive sensor with lightly doped drains
US20130261003A1 (en) 2010-08-06 2013-10-03 Ariosa Diagnostics, In. Ligation-based detection of genetic variants
US20120034603A1 (en) 2010-08-06 2012-02-09 Tandem Diagnostics, Inc. Ligation-based detection of genetic variants
US11031095B2 (en) 2010-08-06 2021-06-08 Ariosa Diagnostics, Inc. Assay systems for determination of fetal copy number variation
US10167508B2 (en) 2010-08-06 2019-01-01 Ariosa Diagnostics, Inc. Detection of genetic abnormalities
US11203786B2 (en) 2010-08-06 2021-12-21 Ariosa Diagnostics, Inc. Detection of target nucleic acids using hybridization
US8700338B2 (en) 2011-01-25 2014-04-15 Ariosa Diagnosis, Inc. Risk calculation for evaluation of fetal aneuploidy
US20130040375A1 (en) 2011-08-08 2013-02-14 Tandem Diagnotics, Inc. Assay systems for genetic analysis
US20140342940A1 (en) 2011-01-25 2014-11-20 Ariosa Diagnostics, Inc. Detection of Target Nucleic Acids using Hybridization
US10533223B2 (en) 2010-08-06 2020-01-14 Ariosa Diagnostics, Inc. Detection of target nucleic acids using hybridization
US8834847B2 (en) 2010-08-12 2014-09-16 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Photodamage mitigation compounds and systems
US8763642B2 (en) 2010-08-20 2014-07-01 Integenx Inc. Microfluidic devices with mechanically-sealed diaphragm valves
WO2012024658A2 (en) 2010-08-20 2012-02-23 IntegenX, Inc. Integrated analysis system
US9671344B2 (en) 2010-08-31 2017-06-06 Complete Genomics, Inc. High-density biochemical array chips with asynchronous tracks for alignment correction by moiré averaging
US9880089B2 (en) 2010-08-31 2018-01-30 Complete Genomics, Inc. High-density devices with synchronous tracks for quad-cell based alignment correction
EP2617061B1 (en) 2010-09-15 2021-06-30 Life Technologies Corporation Methods and apparatus for measuring analytes
CA2811294C (en) 2010-09-16 2016-06-28 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Stabilization of ozone-labile fluorescent dyes by thiourea
US8796036B2 (en) 2010-09-24 2014-08-05 Life Technologies Corporation Method and system for delta double sampling
US8715933B2 (en) 2010-09-27 2014-05-06 Nabsys, Inc. Assay methods using nicking endonucleases
US9562897B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2017-02-07 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Sandwich assays in droplets
US8725422B2 (en) 2010-10-13 2014-05-13 Complete Genomics, Inc. Methods for estimating genome-wide copy number variations
JP5998148B2 (en) 2010-11-16 2016-09-28 ナブシス 2.0 エルエルシー Method for sequencing biomolecules by detecting the relative position of hybridized probes
US9163281B2 (en) 2010-12-23 2015-10-20 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Methods for maintaining the integrity and identification of a nucleic acid template in a multiplex sequencing reaction
CN105755545B (en) 2010-12-27 2019-05-03 艾比斯生物科学公司 The preparation method and composition of nucleic acid samples
US9994897B2 (en) 2013-03-08 2018-06-12 Ariosa Diagnostics, Inc. Non-invasive fetal sex determination
US8756020B2 (en) 2011-01-25 2014-06-17 Ariosa Diagnostics, Inc. Enhanced risk probabilities using biomolecule estimations
US10131947B2 (en) 2011-01-25 2018-11-20 Ariosa Diagnostics, Inc. Noninvasive detection of fetal aneuploidy in egg donor pregnancies
US11270781B2 (en) 2011-01-25 2022-03-08 Ariosa Diagnostics, Inc. Statistical analysis for non-invasive sex chromosome aneuploidy determination
WO2012103031A2 (en) 2011-01-25 2012-08-02 Ariosa Diagnostics, Inc. Detection of genetic abnormalities
WO2012109574A2 (en) 2011-02-11 2012-08-16 Nabsys, Inc. Assay methods using dna binding proteins
EP3412778A1 (en) 2011-02-11 2018-12-12 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Methods for forming mixed droplets
EP3736281A1 (en) 2011-02-18 2020-11-11 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Compositions and methods for molecular labeling
US20120219950A1 (en) 2011-02-28 2012-08-30 Arnold Oliphant Assay systems for detection of aneuploidy and sex determination
EP2694709B1 (en) 2011-04-08 2016-09-14 Prognosys Biosciences, Inc. Peptide constructs and assay systems
GB201106254D0 (en) 2011-04-13 2011-05-25 Frisen Jonas Method and product
WO2012159063A2 (en) 2011-05-19 2012-11-22 Blood Cell Strorage, Inc. Gravity flow fluidic device for nucleic acid extraction
US8841071B2 (en) 2011-06-02 2014-09-23 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Sample multiplexing
WO2012167142A2 (en) 2011-06-02 2012-12-06 Raindance Technolgies, Inc. Enzyme quantification
US20140235474A1 (en) 2011-06-24 2014-08-21 Sequenom, Inc. Methods and processes for non invasive assessment of a genetic variation
US8658430B2 (en) 2011-07-20 2014-02-25 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Manipulating droplet size
US9670538B2 (en) 2011-08-05 2017-06-06 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Nucleic acid sequencing by electrochemical detection
US8712697B2 (en) 2011-09-07 2014-04-29 Ariosa Diagnostics, Inc. Determination of copy number variations using binomial probability calculations
EP3670523B1 (en) 2011-09-13 2021-08-11 Agilent Technologies, Inc. 3'-oh unblocked, fast photocleavable terminating nucleotides and their use in methods for nucleic acid sequencing
US9453258B2 (en) 2011-09-23 2016-09-27 Illumina, Inc. Methods and compositions for nucleic acid sequencing
EP3323897A1 (en) 2011-10-03 2018-05-23 Celmatix, Inc. Methods and devices for assessing risk to a putative offspring of developing a condition
US9367663B2 (en) 2011-10-06 2016-06-14 Sequenom, Inc. Methods and processes for non-invasive assessment of genetic variations
WO2013052907A2 (en) 2011-10-06 2013-04-11 Sequenom, Inc. Methods and processes for non-invasive assessment of genetic variations
US9984198B2 (en) 2011-10-06 2018-05-29 Sequenom, Inc. Reducing sequence read count error in assessment of complex genetic variations
US10196681B2 (en) 2011-10-06 2019-02-05 Sequenom, Inc. Methods and processes for non-invasive assessment of genetic variations
US10424394B2 (en) 2011-10-06 2019-09-24 Sequenom, Inc. Methods and processes for non-invasive assessment of genetic variations
US9228233B2 (en) 2011-10-17 2016-01-05 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Analysis methods
US20150136604A1 (en) 2011-10-21 2015-05-21 Integenx Inc. Sample preparation, processing and analysis systems
US10865440B2 (en) 2011-10-21 2020-12-15 IntegenX, Inc. Sample preparation, processing and analysis systems
WO2013063308A1 (en) 2011-10-25 2013-05-02 University Of Massachusetts An enzymatic method to enrich for capped rna, kits for performing same, and compositions derived therefrom
US10837879B2 (en) 2011-11-02 2020-11-17 Complete Genomics, Inc. Treatment for stabilizing nucleic acid arrays
GB201120711D0 (en) 2011-12-01 2012-01-11 Univ Erasmus Medical Ct Method for classifying tumour cells
US9970984B2 (en) 2011-12-01 2018-05-15 Life Technologies Corporation Method and apparatus for identifying defects in a chemical sensor array
WO2013096819A2 (en) 2011-12-22 2013-06-27 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Macromolecule positioning by electrical potential
US9334491B2 (en) 2011-12-22 2016-05-10 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Systems and methods for isolating nucleic acids from cellular samples
US20140349858A1 (en) 2011-12-22 2014-11-27 Ibis Bioscience, Inc. Amplification of a sequence from a ribonucleic acid
US20150329855A1 (en) 2011-12-22 2015-11-19 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Amplification primers and methods
US9803188B2 (en) 2011-12-22 2017-10-31 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Systems and methods for isolating nucleic acids
WO2013102091A1 (en) 2011-12-28 2013-07-04 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Nucleic acid ligation systems and methods
WO2013102081A2 (en) 2011-12-29 2013-07-04 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Macromolecule delivery to nanowells
US9822417B2 (en) 2012-01-09 2017-11-21 Oslo Universitetssykehus Hf Methods and biomarkers for analysis of colorectal cancer
EP2802666B1 (en) 2012-01-13 2018-09-19 Data2Bio Genotyping by next-generation sequencing
US8821798B2 (en) 2012-01-19 2014-09-02 Life Technologies Corporation Titanium nitride as sensing layer for microwell structure
US8747748B2 (en) 2012-01-19 2014-06-10 Life Technologies Corporation Chemical sensor with conductive cup-shaped sensor surface
EP2805280B1 (en) 2012-01-20 2022-10-05 Sequenom, Inc. Diagnostic processes that factor experimental conditions
EP3495817A1 (en) 2012-02-10 2019-06-12 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Molecular diagnostic screening assay
PT2814959T (en) 2012-02-17 2018-04-12 Hutchinson Fred Cancer Res Compositions and methods for accurately identifying mutations
US9176031B2 (en) 2012-02-24 2015-11-03 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Labeling and sample preparation for sequencing
US9803239B2 (en) 2012-03-29 2017-10-31 Complete Genomics, Inc. Flow cells for high density array chips
EP2834370B1 (en) 2012-04-03 2019-01-02 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Biomarker associated with irritable bowel syndrome and crohn's disease
US8209130B1 (en) 2012-04-04 2012-06-26 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Sequence assembly
US8812422B2 (en) 2012-04-09 2014-08-19 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Variant database
US10227635B2 (en) 2012-04-16 2019-03-12 Molecular Loop Biosolutions, Llc Capture reactions
EP3524693A1 (en) 2012-04-30 2019-08-14 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Digital analyte analysis
EP2844767A4 (en) 2012-05-02 2015-11-18 Ibis Biosciences Inc Nucleic acid sequencing systems and methods
WO2013166303A1 (en) 2012-05-02 2013-11-07 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Dna sequencing
EP2844771A4 (en) 2012-05-04 2015-12-02 Complete Genomics Inc Methods for determining absolute genome-wide copy number variations of complex tumors
WO2013166444A2 (en) 2012-05-04 2013-11-07 Boreal Genomics Corp. Biomarker analysis using scodaphoresis
EP2847353B1 (en) 2012-05-10 2022-01-19 The General Hospital Corporation Methods for determining a nucleotide sequence
US9920361B2 (en) 2012-05-21 2018-03-20 Sequenom, Inc. Methods and compositions for analyzing nucleic acid
US10504613B2 (en) 2012-12-20 2019-12-10 Sequenom, Inc. Methods and processes for non-invasive assessment of genetic variations
EP2852608A4 (en) 2012-05-21 2016-05-04 Distributed Bio Inc Epitope focusing by variable effective antigen surface concentration
US10289800B2 (en) 2012-05-21 2019-05-14 Ariosa Diagnostics, Inc. Processes for calculating phased fetal genomic sequences
EP4148142A1 (en) 2012-05-21 2023-03-15 The Scripps Research Institute Methods of sample preparation
US8786331B2 (en) 2012-05-29 2014-07-22 Life Technologies Corporation System for reducing noise in a chemical sensor array
US9628676B2 (en) 2012-06-07 2017-04-18 Complete Genomics, Inc. Imaging systems with movable scan mirrors
US9488823B2 (en) 2012-06-07 2016-11-08 Complete Genomics, Inc. Techniques for scanned illumination
US9372308B1 (en) 2012-06-17 2016-06-21 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Arrays of integrated analytical devices and methods for production
US10497461B2 (en) 2012-06-22 2019-12-03 Sequenom, Inc. Methods and processes for non-invasive assessment of genetic variations
WO2014005076A2 (en) 2012-06-29 2014-01-03 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Methods and biomarkers for detection of kidney disorders
US9206417B2 (en) 2012-07-19 2015-12-08 Ariosa Diagnostics, Inc. Multiplexed sequential ligation-based detection of genetic variants
JPWO2014034275A1 (en) * 2012-08-30 2016-08-08 株式会社日立ハイテクノロジーズ Nucleic acid analyzer
CN104812901B (en) 2012-09-13 2018-08-10 美国印第安纳大学研究和技术公司 The composition and system and its application method of conferring disease resistance in plants
US10482994B2 (en) 2012-10-04 2019-11-19 Sequenom, Inc. Methods and processes for non-invasive assessment of genetic variations
US9322060B2 (en) 2012-10-16 2016-04-26 Abbott Molecular, Inc. Methods and apparatus to sequence a nucleic acid
US9177098B2 (en) 2012-10-17 2015-11-03 Celmatix Inc. Systems and methods for determining the probability of a pregnancy at a selected point in time
US10162800B2 (en) 2012-10-17 2018-12-25 Celmatix Inc. Systems and methods for determining the probability of a pregnancy at a selected point in time
WO2014066905A2 (en) * 2012-10-28 2014-05-01 Quantapore, Inc. Reducing background fluorescence in mems materials by low energy ion beam treatment
WO2014074611A1 (en) 2012-11-07 2014-05-15 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Methods and systems for identifying contamination in samples
US9836577B2 (en) 2012-12-14 2017-12-05 Celmatix, Inc. Methods and devices for assessing risk of female infertility
EP3734255B1 (en) 2012-12-18 2022-10-19 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. An optical analytical device
US10000557B2 (en) 2012-12-19 2018-06-19 Dnae Group Holdings Limited Methods for raising antibodies
US9599610B2 (en) 2012-12-19 2017-03-21 Dnae Group Holdings Limited Target capture system
US9804069B2 (en) 2012-12-19 2017-10-31 Dnae Group Holdings Limited Methods for degrading nucleic acid
US9434940B2 (en) 2012-12-19 2016-09-06 Dna Electronics, Inc. Methods for universal target capture
US9551704B2 (en) 2012-12-19 2017-01-24 Dna Electronics, Inc. Target detection
US9995742B2 (en) 2012-12-19 2018-06-12 Dnae Group Holdings Limited Sample entry
US9914966B1 (en) 2012-12-20 2018-03-13 Nabsys 2.0 Llc Apparatus and methods for analysis of biomolecules using high frequency alternating current excitation
US9080968B2 (en) 2013-01-04 2015-07-14 Life Technologies Corporation Methods and systems for point of use removal of sacrificial material
US9841398B2 (en) 2013-01-08 2017-12-12 Life Technologies Corporation Methods for manufacturing well structures for low-noise chemical sensors
US10643738B2 (en) 2013-01-10 2020-05-05 The Chinese University Of Hong Kong Noninvasive prenatal molecular karyotyping from maternal plasma
CN105190656B (en) 2013-01-17 2018-01-16 佩索纳里斯公司 Method and system for genetic analysis
EP2956550B1 (en) 2013-01-18 2020-04-08 Nabsys 2.0 LLC Enhanced probe binding
US20130309666A1 (en) 2013-01-25 2013-11-21 Sequenom, Inc. Methods and processes for non-invasive assessment of genetic variations
US8962366B2 (en) 2013-01-28 2015-02-24 Life Technologies Corporation Self-aligned well structures for low-noise chemical sensors
US9624540B2 (en) 2013-02-22 2017-04-18 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Integrated illumination of optical analytical devices
US9303263B2 (en) 2013-03-01 2016-04-05 Vivonics, Inc. Aptamers that bind CD271
US8841217B1 (en) 2013-03-13 2014-09-23 Life Technologies Corporation Chemical sensor with protruded sensor surface
US8963216B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2015-02-24 Life Technologies Corporation Chemical sensor with sidewall spacer sensor surface
WO2014152421A1 (en) 2013-03-14 2014-09-25 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Methods for analyzing nucleic acids
CN105378107A (en) 2013-03-14 2016-03-02 雅培分子公司 Multiplex methylation-specific amplification systems and methods
US20140287946A1 (en) 2013-03-14 2014-09-25 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Nucleic acid control panels
CN105283758B (en) 2013-03-15 2018-06-05 生命科技公司 Chemical sensor with consistent sensor surface area
WO2014149779A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Life Technologies Corporation Chemical device with thin conductive element
EP2971140B1 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-01-16 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Methods to assess contamination in dna sequencing
EP3388442A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2018-10-17 Illumina Cambridge Limited Modified nucleosides or nucleotides
US10933417B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2021-03-02 Nanobiosym, Inc. Systems and methods for mobile device analysis of nucleic acids and proteins
CA2905410A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Abbott Molecular Inc. Systems and methods for detection of genomic copy number changes
US9835585B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-12-05 Life Technologies Corporation Chemical sensor with protruded sensor surface
US9116117B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-08-25 Life Technologies Corporation Chemical sensor with sidewall sensor surface
CN105264366B (en) 2013-03-15 2019-04-16 生命科技公司 Chemical sensor with consistent sensor surface area
WO2014144883A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-18 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Raman cluster tagged molecules for biological imaging
FI2981921T3 (en) 2013-04-03 2023-03-09 Sequenom Inc Methods and processes for non-invasive assessment of genetic variations
EP2986762B1 (en) 2013-04-19 2019-11-06 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Digital analyte analysis
US20140336063A1 (en) 2013-05-09 2014-11-13 Life Technologies Corporation Windowed Sequencing
US9725724B2 (en) 2013-05-16 2017-08-08 Vivonics, Inc. Neutral nucleic acid ligands
AU2014268377B2 (en) 2013-05-24 2020-10-08 Sequenom, Inc. Methods and processes for non-invasive assessment of genetic variations
EP3005200A2 (en) 2013-06-03 2016-04-13 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Methods and systems for storing sequence read data
US10458942B2 (en) 2013-06-10 2019-10-29 Life Technologies Corporation Chemical sensor array having multiple sensors per well
CA2898747C (en) 2013-06-13 2021-09-21 Ariosa Diagnostics, Inc. Statistical analysis for non-invasive sex chromosome aneuploidy determination
KR102447079B1 (en) 2013-06-21 2022-09-23 시쿼넘, 인코포레이티드 Methods and processes for non-invasive assessment of genetic variations
CN111500680A (en) 2013-06-25 2020-08-07 普罗格诺西斯生物科学公司 Method and system for detecting spatial distribution of biological targets in a sample
IL285521B2 (en) 2013-08-19 2023-03-01 Singular Bio Inc Assays for single molecule detection
EP3036359B1 (en) 2013-08-19 2019-10-23 Abbott Molecular Inc. Next-generation sequencing libraries
US9898575B2 (en) 2013-08-21 2018-02-20 Seven Bridges Genomics Inc. Methods and systems for aligning sequences
US9116866B2 (en) 2013-08-21 2015-08-25 Seven Bridges Genomics Inc. Methods and systems for detecting sequence variants
WO2015027245A1 (en) 2013-08-23 2015-02-26 Complete Genomics, Inc. Long fragment de novo assembly using short reads
EP3965111A1 (en) 2013-08-30 2022-03-09 Personalis, Inc. Methods and systems for genomic analysis
WO2015042708A1 (en) 2013-09-25 2015-04-02 Bio-Id Diagnostic Inc. Methods for detecting nucleic acid fragments
KR102446941B1 (en) 2013-09-30 2022-09-23 세븐 브릿지스 지노믹스 인크. Methods and system for detecting sequence variants
GB2535066A (en) 2013-10-03 2016-08-10 Personalis Inc Methods for analyzing genotypes
FI3053071T3 (en) 2013-10-04 2024-01-18 Sequenom Inc Methods and processes for non-invasive assessment of genetic variations
US11901041B2 (en) 2013-10-04 2024-02-13 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Digital analysis of nucleic acid modification
EP3495496B1 (en) 2013-10-07 2020-11-25 Sequenom, Inc. Methods and processes for non-invasive assessment of chromosome alterations
WO2015057565A1 (en) 2013-10-18 2015-04-23 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Methods for assessing a genomic region of a subject
US10851414B2 (en) 2013-10-18 2020-12-01 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Methods for determining carrier status
AU2014337093B2 (en) 2013-10-18 2020-07-30 Seven Bridges Genomics Inc. Methods and systems for identifying disease-induced mutations
EP3058332B1 (en) 2013-10-18 2019-08-28 Seven Bridges Genomics Inc. Methods and systems for genotyping genetic samples
US10832797B2 (en) 2013-10-18 2020-11-10 Seven Bridges Genomics Inc. Method and system for quantifying sequence alignment
US11049587B2 (en) 2013-10-18 2021-06-29 Seven Bridges Genomics Inc. Methods and systems for aligning sequences in the presence of repeating elements
US9063914B2 (en) 2013-10-21 2015-06-23 Seven Bridges Genomics Inc. Systems and methods for transcriptome analysis
EP3071333A4 (en) 2013-11-18 2017-11-15 IntegenX Inc. Cartridges and instruments for sample analysis
US9944977B2 (en) 2013-12-12 2018-04-17 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Distinguishing rare variations in a nucleic acid sequence from a sample
EP3083700B1 (en) 2013-12-17 2023-10-11 The Brigham and Women's Hospital, Inc. Detection of an antibody against a pathogen
DE202014010499U1 (en) 2013-12-17 2015-10-20 Kymab Limited Targeting of human PCSK9 for cholesterol treatment
CN106170559A (en) 2013-12-31 2016-11-30 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Method and its system and the test kit of the epigenetic regulation of genome functions is evaluated via methylation state of DNA
US11193176B2 (en) 2013-12-31 2021-12-07 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Method for detecting and quantifying latent retroviral RNA species
CA2935941C (en) 2014-01-10 2022-05-17 Seven Bridges Genomics Inc. Systems and methods for use of known alleles in read mapping
WO2015107430A2 (en) 2014-01-16 2015-07-23 Oslo Universitetssykehus Hf Methods and biomarkers for detection and prognosis of cervical cancer
CA2938080A1 (en) 2014-01-27 2015-07-30 The General Hospital Corporation Methods of preparing nucleic acids for sequencing
US9817944B2 (en) 2014-02-11 2017-11-14 Seven Bridges Genomics Inc. Systems and methods for analyzing sequence data
WO2015175530A1 (en) 2014-05-12 2015-11-19 Gore Athurva Methods for detecting aneuploidy
GB2544198B (en) 2014-05-21 2021-01-13 Integenx Inc Fluidic cartridge with valve mechanism
WO2015188178A1 (en) 2014-06-06 2015-12-10 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Compositions and methods for characterizing and diagnosing periodontal disease
CA2953362A1 (en) 2014-06-23 2015-12-30 The General Hospital Corporation Genomewide unbiased identification of dsbs evaluated by sequencing (guide-seq)
US11155809B2 (en) 2014-06-24 2021-10-26 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Digital PCR barcoding
DE202015008974U1 (en) 2014-07-15 2016-06-30 Kymab Limited Targeting of human PCSK9 for cholesterol treatment
DE202015009006U1 (en) 2014-07-15 2016-08-19 Kymab Limited Targeting of human PCSK9 for cholesterol treatment
EP4328245A2 (en) 2014-07-15 2024-02-28 Kymab Ltd. Antibodies for use in treating conditions related to specific pcsk9 variants in specific patients populations
WO2016011377A1 (en) 2014-07-17 2016-01-21 Celmatix Inc. Methods and systems for assessing infertility and related pathologies
EP3835430B1 (en) 2014-07-24 2023-08-16 Abbott Molecular Inc. Compositions and methods for the detection and analysis of mycobacterium tuberculosis
US11783911B2 (en) 2014-07-30 2023-10-10 Sequenom, Inc Methods and processes for non-invasive assessment of genetic variations
WO2016023916A1 (en) 2014-08-12 2016-02-18 Kymab Limited Treatment of disease using ligand binding to targets of interest
JP2016042074A (en) 2014-08-13 2016-03-31 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Physical quantity sensor, electronic apparatus and moving body
WO2016033207A1 (en) 2014-08-27 2016-03-03 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Arrays of integrated analyitcal devices
ES2880335T3 (en) 2014-09-09 2021-11-24 Igenomx Int Genomics Corporation Methods and compositions for rapid preparation of nucleic acid libraries
US11408024B2 (en) 2014-09-10 2022-08-09 Molecular Loop Biosciences, Inc. Methods for selectively suppressing non-target sequences
CA2999708A1 (en) 2014-09-24 2016-03-31 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Process control for increased robustness of genetic assays
CA2964349C (en) 2014-10-14 2023-03-21 Seven Bridges Genomics Inc. Systems and methods for smart tools in sequence pipelines
EP3835429A1 (en) 2014-10-17 2021-06-16 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Pre-implantation genetic screening and aneuploidy detection
CN107106983B (en) 2014-10-22 2021-04-16 尹特根埃克斯有限公司 Systems and methods for sample preparation, processing, and analysis
EP4026913A1 (en) 2014-10-30 2022-07-13 Personalis, Inc. Methods for using mosaicism in nucleic acids sampled distal to their origin
US10000799B2 (en) 2014-11-04 2018-06-19 Boreal Genomics, Inc. Methods of sequencing with linked fragments
WO2016071701A1 (en) 2014-11-07 2016-05-12 Kymab Limited Treatment of disease using ligand binding to targets of interest
US10605767B2 (en) 2014-12-18 2020-03-31 Life Technologies Corporation High data rate integrated circuit with transmitter configuration
US10077472B2 (en) 2014-12-18 2018-09-18 Life Technologies Corporation High data rate integrated circuit with power management
US10379079B2 (en) 2014-12-18 2019-08-13 Life Technologies Corporation Methods and apparatus for measuring analytes using large scale FET arrays
EP3271480B8 (en) 2015-01-06 2022-09-28 Molecular Loop Biosciences, Inc. Screening for structural variants
US10364467B2 (en) 2015-01-13 2019-07-30 The Chinese University Of Hong Kong Using size and number aberrations in plasma DNA for detecting cancer
JP6773687B2 (en) 2015-02-17 2020-10-21 エムジーアイ テック カンパニー リミテッドMGI Tech Co., Ltd. DNA sequencing using controlled strand substitutions
US10208339B2 (en) 2015-02-19 2019-02-19 Takara Bio Usa, Inc. Systems and methods for whole genome amplification
JP6620160B2 (en) 2015-02-20 2019-12-11 タカラ バイオ ユーエスエー, インコーポレイテッド Methods for rapid and accurate dispensing, visualization and analysis of single cells
WO2016141294A1 (en) 2015-03-05 2016-09-09 Seven Bridges Genomics Inc. Systems and methods for genomic pattern analysis
US10487356B2 (en) 2015-03-16 2019-11-26 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Integrated devices and systems for free-space optical coupling
ES2955488T3 (en) 2015-04-10 2023-12-01 Spatial Transcriptomics Ab Multiplex analysis of biological specimens of spatially distinguished nucleic acids
US10876151B2 (en) 2015-04-15 2020-12-29 The General Hospital Corporation LNA-based mutant enrichment next-generation sequencing assays
US10275567B2 (en) 2015-05-22 2019-04-30 Seven Bridges Genomics Inc. Systems and methods for haplotyping
CN107924027B (en) 2015-06-12 2024-01-23 加利福尼亚太平洋生物科学股份有限公司 Integrated target waveguide device and system for optical coupling
US10526664B2 (en) 2015-07-14 2020-01-07 Abbott Molecular Inc. Compositions and methods for identifying drug resistant tuberculosis
ES2902125T3 (en) 2015-07-14 2022-03-25 Abbott Molecular Inc Purification of nucleic acids using copper-titanium oxides or magnesium-titanium oxides
EP3323070A4 (en) 2015-07-14 2019-03-13 Personal Genome Diagnostics Inc. Neoantigen analysis
US10150994B2 (en) * 2015-07-22 2018-12-11 Qiagen Waltham, Inc. Modular flow cells and methods of sequencing
US10465245B2 (en) 2015-07-29 2019-11-05 Progenity, Inc. Nucleic acids and methods for detecting chromosomal abnormalities
US10793895B2 (en) 2015-08-24 2020-10-06 Seven Bridges Genomics Inc. Systems and methods for epigenetic analysis
US10724110B2 (en) 2015-09-01 2020-07-28 Seven Bridges Genomics Inc. Systems and methods for analyzing viral nucleic acids
US10584380B2 (en) 2015-09-01 2020-03-10 Seven Bridges Genomics Inc. Systems and methods for mitochondrial analysis
US10647981B1 (en) 2015-09-08 2020-05-12 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Nucleic acid library generation methods and compositions
KR20180043369A (en) 2015-09-11 2018-04-27 더 제너럴 하스피탈 코포레이션 Complete call and sequencing of nuclease DSB (FIND-SEQ)
CN105199949B (en) * 2015-09-15 2017-12-12 深圳市瀚海基因生物科技有限公司 The fluid control device of gene sequencing
CA3000762A1 (en) 2015-09-30 2017-04-06 The General Hospital Corporation Comprehensive in vitro reporting of cleavage events by sequencing (circle-seq)
EP3359695B1 (en) 2015-10-10 2020-04-15 Guardant Health, Inc. Methods and applications of gene fusion detection in cell-free dna analysis
US11347704B2 (en) 2015-10-16 2022-05-31 Seven Bridges Genomics Inc. Biological graph or sequence serialization
WO2017087560A1 (en) 2015-11-16 2017-05-26 Progenity, Inc. Nucleic acids and methods for detecting methylation status
SG11201805119QA (en) 2015-12-17 2018-07-30 Guardant Health Inc Methods to determine tumor gene copy number by analysis of cell-free dna
US20170199960A1 (en) 2016-01-07 2017-07-13 Seven Bridges Genomics Inc. Systems and methods for adaptive local alignment for graph genomes
CN108431223A (en) 2016-01-08 2018-08-21 生物辐射实验室股份有限公司 Multiple pearls under per drop resolution
US10364468B2 (en) 2016-01-13 2019-07-30 Seven Bridges Genomics Inc. Systems and methods for analyzing circulating tumor DNA
CA3012121C (en) 2016-01-22 2023-09-26 Purdue Research Foundation Charged mass labeling system
US10460829B2 (en) 2016-01-26 2019-10-29 Seven Bridges Genomics Inc. Systems and methods for encoding genetic variation for a population
WO2017139260A1 (en) 2016-02-08 2017-08-17 RGENE, Inc. Multiple ligase compositions, systems, and methods
US10262102B2 (en) 2016-02-24 2019-04-16 Seven Bridges Genomics Inc. Systems and methods for genotyping with graph reference
EP3430154B1 (en) 2016-03-14 2020-11-11 Rgene, Inc. Hyper-thermostable lysine-mutant ssdna/rna ligases
JP7086855B2 (en) 2016-03-28 2022-06-20 エヌキャン ジェノミクス, インコーポレイテッド Linked double chain target capture
US10961573B2 (en) 2016-03-28 2021-03-30 Boreal Genomics, Inc. Linked duplex target capture
US11355328B2 (en) 2016-04-13 2022-06-07 Purdue Research Foundation Systems and methods for isolating a target ion in an ion trap using a dual frequency waveform
EP3458597B1 (en) 2016-05-18 2022-09-07 Roche Diagnostics GmbH Quantitative real time pcr amplification using an electrowetting-based device
US11299783B2 (en) 2016-05-27 2022-04-12 Personalis, Inc. Methods and systems for genetic analysis
EP3469079B1 (en) 2016-06-13 2020-08-05 Grail, Inc. Enrichment of mutated cell free nucleic acids for cancer detection
WO2018013509A1 (en) 2016-07-11 2018-01-18 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of The University Of Arizona Compositions and methods for diagnosing and treating arrhythmias
EP3485032B1 (en) 2016-07-12 2021-02-17 Life Technologies Corporation Compositions and methods for detecting nucleic acid regions
CN109070044B (en) 2016-07-21 2021-07-30 宝生物工程(美国)有限公司 Multi-Z-plane imaging and dispensing using multi-aperture device
CA3030890A1 (en) 2016-07-27 2018-02-01 Sequenom, Inc. Genetic copy number alteration classifications
WO2018042251A1 (en) 2016-08-29 2018-03-08 Oslo Universitetssykehus Hf Chip-seq assays
US11250931B2 (en) 2016-09-01 2022-02-15 Seven Bridges Genomics Inc. Systems and methods for detecting recombination
US10683531B2 (en) 2016-09-15 2020-06-16 ArcherDX, Inc. Methods of nucleic acid sample preparation for analysis of cell-free DNA
US10947582B2 (en) 2016-11-02 2021-03-16 Archerdx, Llc Methods of nucleic acid sample preparation for immune repertoire sequencing
US10704082B2 (en) 2016-09-15 2020-07-07 ArcherDX, Inc. Methods of nucleic acid sample preparation
WO2018057928A1 (en) 2016-09-23 2018-03-29 Grail, Inc. Methods of preparing and analyzing cell-free nucleic acid sequencing libraries
KR102547143B1 (en) 2016-09-27 2023-06-23 일루미나, 인코포레이티드 imprinted substrate
KR102603196B1 (en) 2016-11-03 2023-11-15 엠쥐아이 테크 컴퍼니 엘티디. Biosensors for biological or chemical analysis and methods of manufacturing the same
WO2018085862A2 (en) 2016-11-07 2018-05-11 Grail, Inc. Methods of identifying somatic mutational signatures for early cancer detection
US20180135044A1 (en) 2016-11-15 2018-05-17 Personal Genome Diagnostics, Inc. Non-unique barcodes in a genotyping assay
US11268137B2 (en) 2016-12-09 2022-03-08 Boreal Genomics, Inc. Linked ligation
US20180163201A1 (en) 2016-12-12 2018-06-14 Grail, Inc. Methods for tagging and amplifying rna template molecules for preparing sequencing libraries
EP3555290B1 (en) 2016-12-19 2022-11-02 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Droplet tagging contiguity preserved tagmented dna
WO2018119399A1 (en) 2016-12-23 2018-06-28 Grail, Inc. Methods for high efficiency library preparation using double-stranded adapters
IL267836B2 (en) 2017-01-04 2023-09-01 Complete Genomics Inc Stepwise sequencing by non-labeled reversible terminators or natural nucleotides
CA3050055C (en) 2017-01-24 2023-09-19 Sequenom, Inc. Methods and processes for assessment of genetic variations
EP3354746B1 (en) 2017-01-30 2019-05-29 Gregor Mendel Institute of Molecular Plant Biology GmbH Novel spike-in oligonucleotides for normalization of sequence data
CN110506336B (en) 2017-03-20 2024-02-02 深圳华大智造科技股份有限公司 Biosensor for biological or chemical analysis and method for manufacturing the same
WO2018183918A1 (en) 2017-03-30 2018-10-04 Grail, Inc. Enhanced ligation in sequencing library preparation
WO2018183897A1 (en) 2017-03-31 2018-10-04 Grail, Inc. Higher target capture efficiency using probe extension
US11584958B2 (en) 2017-03-31 2023-02-21 Grail, Llc Library preparation and use thereof for sequencing based error correction and/or variant identification
WO2018209165A1 (en) 2017-05-12 2018-11-15 Laboratory Corporation Of America Holdings Systems and methods for biomarker identificaton
EP3622298A1 (en) 2017-05-12 2020-03-18 Laboratory Corporation of America Holdings Compositions and methods to detect non-coeliac gluten sensitivity
WO2018227091A1 (en) 2017-06-08 2018-12-13 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Methods and compositions for identifying epitopes
US11186862B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2021-11-30 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. MDA using bead oligonucleotide
CA3068034A1 (en) 2017-06-26 2019-01-03 Universitat Fur Bodenkultur Wien Novel biomarkers for detecting senescent cells
EP3545106B1 (en) 2017-08-01 2022-01-19 Helitec Limited Methods of enriching and determining target nucleotide sequences
US20200263170A1 (en) 2017-09-14 2020-08-20 Grail, Inc. Methods for preparing a sequencing library from single-stranded dna
US10784103B2 (en) 2017-09-19 2020-09-22 Mgi Tech Co., Ltd. Water level sequencing flow cell fabrication
KR20200057024A (en) 2017-09-20 2020-05-25 가던트 헬쓰, 인크. Methods and systems for differentiating somatic and germline variants
EP4269583A3 (en) 2017-09-28 2024-01-17 Grail, LLC Enrichment of short nucleic acid fragments in sequencing library preparation
CN111787930A (en) 2017-10-06 2020-10-16 芝加哥大学 Screening of T lymphocytes against cancer specific antigens
WO2019089959A1 (en) 2017-11-02 2019-05-09 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Transposase-based genomic analysis
WO2019092269A1 (en) 2017-11-13 2019-05-16 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Devices for sample analysis using epitachophoresis
US11414656B2 (en) 2017-12-15 2022-08-16 Grail, Inc. Methods for enriching for duplex reads in sequencing and error correction
CA3211135A1 (en) 2017-12-20 2019-06-27 Laboratory Corporation Of America Holdings Compositions and methods to detect head and neck cancer
US20190237161A1 (en) 2017-12-22 2019-08-01 Grail, Inc. Error removal using improved library preparation methods
WO2019152539A1 (en) 2018-01-30 2019-08-08 Optical Biosystems, Inc. Method for detecting particles using structured illumination
EP4324962A2 (en) 2018-01-31 2024-02-21 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Methods and compositions for deconvoluting partition barcodes
WO2019157522A1 (en) 2018-02-12 2019-08-15 Curators Of The University Of Missouri Small auxin upregulated (saur) gene for the improvement of plant root system architecture, waterlogging tolerance, drought resistance and yield
US11512002B2 (en) 2018-04-18 2022-11-29 University Of Virginia Patent Foundation Silica materials and methods of making thereof
WO2019213619A1 (en) 2018-05-04 2019-11-07 Abbott Laboratories Hbv diagnostic, prognostic, and therapeutic methods and products
JP2021523365A (en) 2018-05-11 2021-09-02 ラボラトリー コーポレイション オブ アメリカ ホールディングス Compositions and Methods for Detecting Renal Fibrosis
US10801064B2 (en) 2018-05-31 2020-10-13 Personalis, Inc. Compositions, methods and systems for processing or analyzing multi-species nucleic acid samples
US11814750B2 (en) 2018-05-31 2023-11-14 Personalis, Inc. Compositions, methods and systems for processing or analyzing multi-species nucleic acid samples
WO2019236478A1 (en) 2018-06-04 2019-12-12 Guardant Health, Inc. Methods and systems for determining the cellular origin of cell-free nucleic acids
KR20210038577A (en) 2018-07-23 2021-04-07 가던트 헬쓰, 인크. Methods and systems for modulating tumor mutation burden by tumor fraction and coverage
CN113166807A (en) 2018-08-20 2021-07-23 生物辐射实验室股份有限公司 Nucleotide sequence generation by barcode bead co-localization in partitions
EP3844759A1 (en) 2018-08-30 2021-07-07 Guardant Health, Inc. Methods and systems for detecting contamination between samples
CA3109539A1 (en) 2018-08-31 2020-03-05 Guardant Health, Inc. Microsatellite instability detection in cell-free dna
JP2021534803A (en) 2018-09-04 2021-12-16 ガーダント ヘルス, インコーポレイテッド Methods and systems for detecting allelic imbalances in cell-free nucleic acid samples
SG11202101798QA (en) 2018-09-20 2021-04-29 Tamirna Gmbh Micro-rna signatures for the prediction of liver dysfunction
WO2020074742A1 (en) 2018-10-12 2020-04-16 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Detection methods for epitachophoresis workflow automation
CA3116176A1 (en) 2018-10-31 2020-05-07 Guardant Health, Inc. Methods, compositions and systems for calibrating epigenetic partitioning assays
US11680261B2 (en) 2018-11-15 2023-06-20 Grail, Inc. Needle-based devices and methods for in vivo diagnostics of disease conditions
TW202043450A (en) * 2018-11-15 2020-12-01 中國商深圳華大智造科技有限公司 System and method for integrated sensor cartridge
EP3887802A4 (en) 2018-12-01 2022-08-24 MGI Tech Co., Ltd. Methods and structures to improve light collection efficiency in biosensors
US11512349B2 (en) 2018-12-18 2022-11-29 Grail, Llc Methods for detecting disease using analysis of RNA
CN113454218A (en) 2018-12-20 2021-09-28 夸登特健康公司 Methods, compositions, and systems for improved recovery of nucleic acid molecules
EP3884071A4 (en) 2019-01-03 2022-04-06 Boreal Genomics, Inc. Linked target capture
US20220081714A1 (en) 2019-01-04 2022-03-17 Northwestern University Storing temporal data into dna
EP3908823A4 (en) 2019-01-10 2022-10-12 Travera LLC Calibration of a functional biomarker instrument
CA3126428A1 (en) 2019-01-31 2020-08-06 Guardant Health, Inc. Compositions and methods for isolating cell-free dna
WO2020176659A1 (en) 2019-02-27 2020-09-03 Guardant Health, Inc. Methods and systems for determining the cellular origin of cell-free dna
WO2020180813A1 (en) 2019-03-06 2020-09-10 Qiagen Sciences, Llc Compositions and methods for adaptor design and nucleic acid library construction for rolony-based sequencing
WO2020210981A1 (en) * 2019-04-16 2020-10-22 Boe Technology Group Co., Ltd. Micro-channel device and manufacturing method thereof and micro-fluidic system
JP7441243B2 (en) 2019-05-14 2024-02-29 エフ. ホフマン-ラ ロシュ アーゲー Apparatus and method for sample analysis
EP3976822A1 (en) 2019-05-31 2022-04-06 Guardant Health, Inc. Methods and systems for improving patient monitoring after surgery
DK3812472T3 (en) 2019-10-21 2023-02-20 Univ Freiburg Albert Ludwigs TRULY UNBIASED IN VITRO ASSAYS FOR PROFILING THE OFF-TARGET ACTIVITY OF ONE OR MORE TARGET-SPECIFIC PROGRAMMABLE NUCLEASES IN CELLS (ABNOBA-SEQ)
CA3157560A1 (en) 2019-11-26 2021-06-03 Dustin Howard HITE Methods, compositions and systems for improving the binding of methylated polynucleotides
JP2023511279A (en) 2020-01-13 2023-03-17 フルーエント バイオサイエンシーズ インコーポレイテッド Single cell sequencing
WO2021152586A1 (en) 2020-01-30 2021-08-05 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. Methods of analyzing microbiome, immunoglobulin profile and physiological state
WO2021188500A1 (en) 2020-03-16 2021-09-23 Fluent Biosciences Inc. Multi-omic analysis in monodisperse droplets
WO2021214766A1 (en) 2020-04-21 2021-10-28 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. Methods of diagnosing viral infections and vaccines thereto
JP2023524681A (en) 2020-04-30 2023-06-13 ガーダント ヘルス, インコーポレイテッド Methods for sequencing using distributed nucleic acids
WO2021224677A1 (en) 2020-05-05 2021-11-11 Akershus Universitetssykehus Hf Compositions and methods for characterizing bowel cancer
WO2021231921A1 (en) 2020-05-14 2021-11-18 Guardant Health, Inc. Homologous recombination repair deficiency detection
EP4153775A1 (en) 2020-05-22 2023-03-29 10X Genomics, Inc. Simultaneous spatio-temporal measurement of gene expression and cellular activity
WO2023282916A1 (en) 2021-07-09 2023-01-12 Guardant Health, Inc. Methods of detecting genomic rearrangements using cell free nucleic acids
US20220195419A1 (en) 2020-07-30 2022-06-23 Guardant Health, Inc. Methods for isolating cell-free dna
WO2022029488A1 (en) 2020-08-06 2022-02-10 Agenda Nv Systems and methods of assessing breast cancer
WO2022029489A1 (en) 2020-08-06 2022-02-10 Agendia NV Systems and methods of using cell-free nucleic acids to tailor cancer treatment
US20220042107A1 (en) 2020-08-06 2022-02-10 Agendia NV Systems and methods of scoring risk and residual disease from passenger mutations
WO2022029484A1 (en) 2020-08-06 2022-02-10 Agendia NV Methods of assessing breast cancer using circulating hormone receptor transcripts
EP4205126A1 (en) 2020-08-25 2023-07-05 Guardant Health, Inc. Methods and systems for predicting an origin of a variant
CA3193090A1 (en) 2020-09-30 2022-04-07 Guardant Health, Inc. Methods and systems to improve the signal to noise ratio of dna methylation partitioning assays
WO2022140629A1 (en) 2020-12-23 2022-06-30 Guardant Health, Inc. Methods and systems for analyzing methylated polynucleotides
EP4302301A1 (en) 2021-03-05 2024-01-10 Guardant Health, Inc. Methods and related aspects for analyzing molecular response
US20220344004A1 (en) 2021-03-09 2022-10-27 Guardant Health, Inc. Detecting the presence of a tumor based on off-target polynucleotide sequencing data
WO2022194764A1 (en) 2021-03-15 2022-09-22 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Targeted next-generation sequencing via anchored primer extension
CN113059807B (en) * 2021-03-18 2022-05-06 之江实验室 High axial resolution three-dimensional printing method and device based on uniform active light sheet
WO2022204321A1 (en) 2021-03-24 2022-09-29 Ambry Genetics Corporation Conservative concurrent evaluation of dna modifications
WO2023004344A1 (en) 2021-07-20 2023-01-26 Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Butyrophilin-like 2 for treating inflammatory disorders
US11639499B1 (en) 2022-03-08 2023-05-02 Watchmaker Genomics, Inc. Reverse transcriptase variants
EP4253550A1 (en) 2022-04-01 2023-10-04 GenCC GmbH 6 Co. KG Method for the manufacture of a viral system, a vector system or any transport system for cancer-specific crispr complexes
US20230360725A1 (en) 2022-05-09 2023-11-09 Guardant Health, Inc. Detecting degradation based on strand bias
WO2023218408A1 (en) 2022-05-11 2023-11-16 Freya Biosciences Aps Methods of identifying strains associated with the human female genitourinary tract

Citations (94)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4725677A (en) * 1983-08-18 1988-02-16 Biosyntech Gmbh Process for the preparation of oligonucleotides
US4739044A (en) * 1985-06-13 1988-04-19 Amgen Method for derivitization of polynucleotides
US4811218A (en) * 1986-06-02 1989-03-07 Applied Biosystems, Inc. Real time scanning electrophoresis apparatus for DNA sequencing
US4994368A (en) * 1987-07-23 1991-02-19 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Amplification method for polynucleotide assays
US4994372A (en) * 1987-01-14 1991-02-19 President And Fellows Of Harvard College DNA sequencing
US4994373A (en) * 1983-01-27 1991-02-19 Enzo Biochem, Inc. Method and structures employing chemically-labelled polynucleotide probes
US5085562A (en) * 1989-04-11 1992-02-04 Westonbridge International Limited Micropump having a constant output
US5091652A (en) * 1990-01-12 1992-02-25 The Regents Of The University Of California Laser excited confocal microscope fluorescence scanner and method
US5096554A (en) * 1989-08-07 1992-03-17 Applied Biosystems, Inc. Nucleic acid fractionation by counter-migration capillary electrophoresis
US5096388A (en) * 1990-03-22 1992-03-17 The Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Inc. Microfabricated pump
US5108892A (en) * 1989-08-03 1992-04-28 Promega Corporation Method of using a taq dna polymerase without 5'-3'-exonuclease activity
US5198540A (en) * 1982-10-28 1993-03-30 Hubert Koster Process for the preparation of oligonucleotides in solution
US5302509A (en) * 1989-08-14 1994-04-12 Beckman Instruments, Inc. Method for sequencing polynucleotides
US5304487A (en) * 1992-05-01 1994-04-19 Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Fluid handling in mesoscale analytical devices
US5306403A (en) * 1992-08-24 1994-04-26 Martin Marietta Energy Systems, Inc. Raman-based system for DNA sequencing-mapping and other separations
US5403709A (en) * 1992-10-06 1995-04-04 Hybridon, Inc. Method for sequencing synthetic oligonucleotides containing non-phosphodiester internucleotide linkages
US5405783A (en) * 1989-06-07 1995-04-11 Affymax Technologies N.V. Large scale photolithographic solid phase synthesis of an array of polymers
US5405747A (en) * 1991-09-25 1995-04-11 The Regents Of The University Of California Office Of Technology Transfer Method for rapid base sequencing in DNA and RNA with two base labeling
US5409811A (en) * 1988-07-12 1995-04-25 President And Fellows Of Harvard College DNA sequencing
US5484701A (en) * 1990-01-26 1996-01-16 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Method for sequencing DNA using biotin-strepavidin conjugates to facilitate the purification of primer extension products
US5492806A (en) * 1987-04-01 1996-02-20 Hyseq, Inc. Method of determining an ordered sequence of subfragments of a nucleic acid fragment by hybridization of oligonucleotide probes
US5599695A (en) * 1995-02-27 1997-02-04 Affymetrix, Inc. Printing molecular library arrays using deprotection agents solely in the vapor phase
US5610287A (en) * 1993-12-06 1997-03-11 Molecular Tool, Inc. Method for immobilizing nucleic acid molecules
US5705018A (en) * 1995-12-13 1998-01-06 Hartley; Frank T. Micromachined peristaltic pump
US5707506A (en) * 1994-10-28 1998-01-13 Battelle Memorial Institute Channel plate for DNA sequencing
US5710628A (en) * 1994-12-12 1998-01-20 Visible Genetics Inc. Automated electrophoresis and fluorescence detection apparatus and method
US5712476A (en) * 1995-05-30 1998-01-27 Visible Genetics Inc. Electrophoresis and fluorescence detection apparatus
US5733729A (en) * 1995-09-14 1998-03-31 Affymetrix, Inc. Computer-aided probability base calling for arrays of nucleic acid probes on chips
US5741644A (en) * 1992-07-07 1998-04-21 Hitachi, Ltd. DNA sequencing by extension of probe chip immobilized oligonucleotides
US5741640A (en) * 1991-09-27 1998-04-21 Amersham Life Science, Inc. DNA cycle sequencing
US5744312A (en) * 1995-12-15 1998-04-28 Amersham Life Science, Inc. Thermostable DNA polymerase from Thermoanaerobacter thermohydrosulfuricus
US5744305A (en) * 1989-06-07 1998-04-28 Affymetrix, Inc. Arrays of materials attached to a substrate
US5858671A (en) * 1996-11-01 1999-01-12 The University Of Iowa Research Foundation Iterative and regenerative DNA sequencing method
US5861287A (en) * 1995-06-23 1999-01-19 Baylor College Of Medicine Alternative dye-labeled primers for automated DNA sequencing
US5863722A (en) * 1994-10-13 1999-01-26 Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. Method of sorting polynucleotides
US5872244A (en) * 1994-09-02 1999-02-16 Andrew C. Hiatt 3' protected nucleotides for enzyme catalyzed template-independent creation of phosphodiester bonds
US5876187A (en) * 1995-03-09 1999-03-02 University Of Washington Micropumps with fixed valves
US5876934A (en) * 1996-12-18 1999-03-02 Pharmacia Biotech Inc. DNA sequencing method
US5882904A (en) * 1997-08-04 1999-03-16 Amersham Pharmacia Biotech Inc. Thermococcus barossii DNA polymerase mutants
US5885813A (en) * 1995-05-31 1999-03-23 Amersham Life Science, Inc. Thermostable DNA polymerases
US6015714A (en) * 1995-03-17 2000-01-18 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of Commerce Characterization of individual polymer molecules based on monomer-interface interactions
US6017702A (en) * 1996-12-05 2000-01-25 The Perkin-Elmer Corporation Chain-termination type nucleic acid sequencing method including 2'-deoxyuridine-5'-triphosphate
US6020457A (en) * 1996-09-30 2000-02-01 Dendritech Inc. Disulfide-containing dendritic polymers
US6025136A (en) * 1994-12-09 2000-02-15 Hyseq, Inc. Methods and apparatus for DNA sequencing and DNA identification
US6024925A (en) * 1997-01-23 2000-02-15 Sequenom, Inc. Systems and methods for preparing low volume analyte array elements
US6028190A (en) * 1994-02-01 2000-02-22 The Regents Of The University Of California Probes labeled with energy transfer coupled dyes
US6030782A (en) * 1997-03-05 2000-02-29 Orchid Biocomputer, Inc. Covalent attachment of nucleic acid molecules onto solid-phases via disulfide bonds
US6043080A (en) * 1995-06-29 2000-03-28 Affymetrix, Inc. Integrated nucleic acid diagnostic device
US6177249B1 (en) * 1995-12-18 2001-01-23 Washington University Method for nucleic acid analysis using fluorescence resonance energy transfer
US6197506B1 (en) * 1989-06-07 2001-03-06 Affymetrix, Inc. Method of detecting nucleic acids
US6207960B1 (en) * 1996-05-16 2001-03-27 Affymetrix, Inc System and methods for detection of labeled materials
US6207381B1 (en) * 1996-04-04 2001-03-27 Biacore Ab Method for nucleic acid analysis
US6335824B1 (en) * 1998-03-20 2002-01-01 Genetic Microsystems, Inc. Wide field of view and high speed scanning microscopy
US6337185B1 (en) * 1995-11-16 2002-01-08 Amersham Pharmacia Biotech Ab Method of sequencing
US6337188B1 (en) * 1997-11-21 2002-01-08 Orchid Biosciences, Inc. De novo or “universal” sequencing array
US20020009744A1 (en) * 1998-08-18 2002-01-24 Valery Bogdanov In-line complete spectral fluorescent imaging of nucleic acid molecules
US6342326B1 (en) * 2000-05-10 2002-01-29 Beckman Coulter, Inc. Synthesis and use of acyl fluorides of cyanine dyes
US20020012910A1 (en) * 1993-10-22 2002-01-31 Robert B. Weiss Automated hybridization/imaging device for fluorescent multiplex dna sequencing
US6344325B1 (en) * 1996-09-25 2002-02-05 California Institute Of Technology Methods for analysis and sorting of polynucleotides
US20020015961A1 (en) * 1999-10-05 2002-02-07 Marek Kwiatkowski Compounds for protecting hydroxyls and methods for their use
US6346413B1 (en) * 1989-06-07 2002-02-12 Affymetrix, Inc. Polymer arrays
US6346379B1 (en) * 1997-09-11 2002-02-12 F. Hoffman-La Roche Ag Thermostable DNA polymerases incorporating nucleoside triphosphates labeled with fluorescein family dyes
US20020025529A1 (en) * 1999-06-28 2002-02-28 Stephen Quake Methods and apparatus for analyzing polynucleotide sequences
US6355420B1 (en) * 1997-02-12 2002-03-12 Us Genomics Methods and products for analyzing polymers
US20020032320A1 (en) * 1998-12-18 2002-03-14 The Texas A&M University System Methods of labelling biomolecules with fluorescent dyes
US20020034792A1 (en) * 1996-12-20 2002-03-21 Christian Kilger Method for the uncoupled, direct, exponential amplification and sequencing of dna molecules with the addition of a second thermostable dna polymerase and its application
US6361671B1 (en) * 1999-01-11 2002-03-26 The Regents Of The University Of California Microfabricated capillary electrophoresis chip and method for simultaneously detecting multiple redox labels
US6361937B1 (en) * 1996-03-19 2002-03-26 Affymetrix, Incorporated Computer-aided nucleic acid sequencing
US20030003498A1 (en) * 1996-04-18 2003-01-02 Digby Thomas J. Method, apparatus and kits for sequencing of nucleic acids using multiple dyes
US20030008285A1 (en) * 2001-06-29 2003-01-09 Fischer Steven M. Method of DNA sequencing using cleavable tags
US6506560B1 (en) * 1994-09-30 2003-01-14 Invitrogen Corporation Cloned DNA polymerases from Thermotoga and mutants thereof
US20030017461A1 (en) * 2000-07-11 2003-01-23 Aclara Biosciences, Inc. Tag cleavage for detection of nucleic acids
US6511803B1 (en) * 1997-10-10 2003-01-28 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Replica amplification of nucleic acid arrays
US20030022207A1 (en) * 1998-10-16 2003-01-30 Solexa, Ltd. Arrayed polynucleotides and their use in genome analysis
US6514706B1 (en) * 1998-10-26 2003-02-04 Christoph Von Kalle Linear amplification mediated PCR (LAM PCR)
US20030027140A1 (en) * 2001-03-30 2003-02-06 Jingyue Ju High-fidelity DNA sequencing using solid phase capturable dideoxynucleotides and mass spectrometry
US6521428B1 (en) * 1999-04-21 2003-02-18 Genome Technologies, Llc Shot-gun sequencing and amplification without cloning
US20030036080A1 (en) * 1998-08-11 2003-02-20 Caliper Technologies Corp. DNA sequencing using multiple flourescent labels being distinguishable by their decay times
US6524829B1 (en) * 1998-09-30 2003-02-25 Molecular Machines & Industries Gmbh Method for DNA- or RNA-sequencing
US6528258B1 (en) * 1999-09-03 2003-03-04 Lifebeam Technologies, Inc. Nucleic acid sequencing using an optically labeled pore
US20030044778A1 (en) * 1991-03-05 2003-03-06 Philip Goelet Nucleic acid typing by polymerase extension of oligonucleotides using terminator mixtures
US20030044779A1 (en) * 1991-03-05 2003-03-06 Philip Goelet Nucleic acid typing by polymerase extension of oligonucleotides using terminator mixtures
US20030044816A1 (en) * 1995-03-17 2003-03-06 Denison Timothy J. Characterization of individual polymer molecules based on monomer-interface interactions
US20030044781A1 (en) * 1999-05-19 2003-03-06 Jonas Korlach Method for sequencing nucleic acid molecules
US20030054361A1 (en) * 1991-11-07 2003-03-20 Nanogen, Inc. Hybridization of polynucleotides conjugated with chromophores and fluorophores to generate donor-to-donor energy transfer system
US20030054181A1 (en) * 2001-01-12 2003-03-20 Harold Swerdlow Substrate for fluorescence analysis
US6537757B1 (en) * 1997-03-05 2003-03-25 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Nucleic acid sequencing and mapping
US6537755B1 (en) * 1999-03-25 2003-03-25 Radoje T. Drmanac Solution-based methods and materials for sequence analysis by hybridization
US20030058440A1 (en) * 2001-08-28 2003-03-27 Scott Graham B. I. Pulsed-multiline excitation for color-blind fluorescence detection
US20030059778A1 (en) * 2001-09-24 2003-03-27 Andrew Berlin Nucleic acid sequencing by Raman monitoring of uptake of precursors during molecular replication
US20030058799A1 (en) * 2001-09-24 2003-03-27 Mineo Yamakawa Nucleic acid sequencing by raman monitoring of molecular deconstruction
US20030060431A1 (en) * 1997-07-31 2003-03-27 Nycomed Amersham Plc Base analogues
US20040029115A9 (en) * 1990-12-06 2004-02-12 Affymax Technologies, N.V. Sequencing of surface immobilized polymers utilizing microfluorescence detection
US20040054162A1 (en) * 2001-10-30 2004-03-18 Hanna Michelle M. Molecular detection systems utilizing reiterative oligonucleotide synthesis

Family Cites Families (160)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3996345A (en) 1974-08-12 1976-12-07 Syva Company Fluorescence quenching with immunological pairs in immunoassays
JPS5941169B2 (en) 1975-12-25 1984-10-05 シチズン時計株式会社 Elastomer
US4153855A (en) 1977-12-16 1979-05-08 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Army Method of making a plate having a pattern of microchannels
US4351760A (en) 1979-09-07 1982-09-28 Syva Company Novel alkyl substituted fluorescent compounds and polyamino acid conjugates
US4344064A (en) 1979-12-06 1982-08-10 Western Electric Co., Inc. Article carrying a distinctive mark
US4711955A (en) 1981-04-17 1987-12-08 Yale University Modified nucleotides and methods of preparing and using same
US5260433A (en) 1982-06-23 1993-11-09 Enzo Diagnostics, Inc. Saccharide specific binding system labeled nucleotides
US4707237A (en) 1982-09-09 1987-11-17 Ciba Corning Diagnostics Corp. System for identification of cells by electrophoresis
USRE34069E (en) 1983-08-18 1992-09-15 Biosyntech Gmbh Process for the preparation of oligonucleotides
US4581624A (en) 1984-03-01 1986-04-08 Allied Corporation Microminiature semiconductor valve
US5360523A (en) 1984-03-29 1994-11-01 Li-Cor, Inc. DNA sequencing
US5258506A (en) 1984-10-16 1993-11-02 Chiron Corporation Photolabile reagents for incorporation into oligonucleotide chains
US4683202A (en) 1985-03-28 1987-07-28 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying nucleic acid sequences
US4683195A (en) 1986-01-30 1987-07-28 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying, detecting, and/or-cloning nucleic acid sequences
US4865968A (en) 1985-04-01 1989-09-12 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies DNA sequencing
US4863849A (en) 1985-07-18 1989-09-05 New York Medical College Automatable process for sequencing nucleotide
US4757141A (en) 1985-08-26 1988-07-12 Applied Biosystems, Incorporated Amino-derivatized phosphite and phosphate linking agents, phosphoramidite precursors, and useful conjugates thereof
US5242797A (en) 1986-03-21 1993-09-07 Myron J. Block Nucleic acid assay method
CA1340806C (en) 1986-07-02 1999-11-02 James Merrill Prober Method, system and reagents for dna sequencing
US5242796A (en) 1986-07-02 1993-09-07 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Method, system and reagents for DNA sequencing
US4889818A (en) 1986-08-22 1989-12-26 Cetus Corporation Purified thermostable enzyme
US5525464A (en) 1987-04-01 1996-06-11 Hyseq, Inc. Method of sequencing by hybridization of oligonucleotide probes
US4942124A (en) 1987-08-11 1990-07-17 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Multiplex sequencing
US4793705A (en) 1987-10-07 1988-12-27 The United States Of America As Represented By The United States Department Of Energy Single molecule tracking
US4962037A (en) 1987-10-07 1990-10-09 United States Of America Method for rapid base sequencing in DNA and RNA
US4971903A (en) 1988-03-25 1990-11-20 Edward Hyman Pyrophosphate-based method and apparatus for sequencing nucleic acids
GB8910880D0 (en) 1989-05-11 1989-06-28 Amersham Int Plc Sequencing method
US4979824A (en) 1989-05-26 1990-12-25 Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University High sensitivity fluorescent single particle and single molecule detection apparatus and method
US5424186A (en) 1989-06-07 1995-06-13 Affymax Technologies N.V. Very large scale immobilized polymer synthesis
US6379895B1 (en) 1989-06-07 2002-04-30 Affymetrix, Inc. Photolithographic and other means for manufacturing arrays
US6551784B2 (en) * 1989-06-07 2003-04-22 Affymetrix Inc Method of comparing nucleic acid sequences
ATE110142T1 (en) 1989-06-14 1994-09-15 Westonbridge Int Ltd MICROPUMP.
US5112736A (en) 1989-06-14 1992-05-12 University Of Utah Dna sequencing using fluorescence background electroblotting membrane
CA2028261C (en) 1989-10-28 1995-01-17 Won Suck Yang Non-invasive method and apparatus for measuring blood glucose concentration
KR910012538A (en) 1989-12-27 1991-08-08 야마무라 가쯔미 Micro pump and its manufacturing method
DE4006152A1 (en) 1990-02-27 1991-08-29 Fraunhofer Ges Forschung MICROMINIATURIZED PUMP
SE470347B (en) 1990-05-10 1994-01-31 Pharmacia Lkb Biotech Microstructure for fluid flow systems and process for manufacturing such a system
DE69106240T2 (en) 1990-07-02 1995-05-11 Seiko Epson Corp Micropump and method of making a micropump.
US5092652A (en) * 1990-10-30 1992-03-03 Macaluso Raymond R Extendable airline turbulence tray
AU9115891A (en) * 1990-11-14 1992-06-11 Siska Diagnostics, Inc. Non-isotopic detection of nucleic acids using a polystyrene support-based sandwich hybridization assay and compositions useful therefor
AU1248292A (en) 1990-12-06 1992-07-08 Affymax Technologies N.V. Sequencing by hybridization of a target nucleic acid to a matrix of defined oligonucleotides
US5529679A (en) 1992-02-28 1996-06-25 Hitachi, Ltd. DNA detector and DNA detection method
US5518900A (en) 1993-01-15 1996-05-21 Molecular Tool, Inc. Method for generating single-stranded DNA molecules
US5762876A (en) 1991-03-05 1998-06-09 Molecular Tool, Inc. Automatic genotype determination
US5167784A (en) 1991-09-04 1992-12-01 Xerox Corporation Sequencing large nucleic acid fragments
DE4135655A1 (en) 1991-09-11 1993-03-18 Fraunhofer Ges Forschung MICROMINIATURIZED, ELECTROSTATICALLY OPERATED DIAPHRAGM PUMP
US5265327A (en) 1991-09-13 1993-11-30 Faris Sadeg M Microchannel plate technology
US5756285A (en) 1991-09-27 1998-05-26 Amersham Life Science, Inc. DNA cycle sequencing
US5632957A (en) 1993-11-01 1997-05-27 Nanogen Molecular biological diagnostic systems including electrodes
US6051380A (en) 1993-11-01 2000-04-18 Nanogen, Inc. Methods and procedures for molecular biological analysis and diagnostics
US5209834A (en) 1992-03-09 1993-05-11 The United States Of America As Represented By The United States Department Of Energy Ordered transport and identification of particles
GB9208733D0 (en) 1992-04-22 1992-06-10 Medical Res Council Dna sequencing method
DE4220077A1 (en) 1992-06-19 1993-12-23 Bosch Gmbh Robert Micro-pump for delivery of gases - uses working chamber warmed by heating element and controlled by silicon wafer valves.
US5284568A (en) 1992-07-17 1994-02-08 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Disposable cartridge for ion selective electrode sensors
AU671820B2 (en) 1993-02-10 1996-09-12 Promega Corporation Non-radioactive DNA sequencing
US5436149A (en) 1993-02-19 1995-07-25 Barnes; Wayne M. Thermostable DNA polymerase with enhanced thermostability and enhanced length and efficiency of primer extension
US5837832A (en) 1993-06-25 1998-11-17 Affymetrix, Inc. Arrays of nucleic acid probes on biological chips
US5547859A (en) 1993-08-02 1996-08-20 Goodman; Myron F. Chain-terminating nucleotides for DNA sequencing methods
DE4326466A1 (en) 1993-08-06 1995-02-09 Boehringer Mannheim Gmbh Infrared dye-labeled nucleotides and their use in nucleic acid detection
US5659171A (en) 1993-09-22 1997-08-19 Northrop Grumman Corporation Micro-miniature diaphragm pump for the low pressure pumping of gases
US6156501A (en) 1993-10-26 2000-12-05 Affymetrix, Inc. Arrays of modified nucleic acid probes and methods of use
CH689836A5 (en) 1994-01-14 1999-12-15 Westonbridge Int Ltd Micropump.
US5654419A (en) 1994-02-01 1997-08-05 The Regents Of The University Of California Fluorescent labels and their use in separations
US5631734A (en) 1994-02-10 1997-05-20 Affymetrix, Inc. Method and apparatus for detection of fluorescently labeled materials
US5578832A (en) 1994-09-02 1996-11-26 Affymetrix, Inc. Method and apparatus for imaging a sample on a device
JP3448090B2 (en) 1994-02-16 2003-09-16 浜松ホトニクス株式会社 Energy transfer detection method and apparatus
EP0749497B1 (en) 1994-03-08 2000-09-06 Amersham Pharmacia Biotech UK Limited Modifying nucleotide analogues
CA2185470C (en) * 1994-03-15 2005-10-25 Uri Galili Compositions and methods for vaccines comprising .alpha.-galactosyl epitopes
US5552278A (en) 1994-04-04 1996-09-03 Spectragen, Inc. DNA sequencing by stepwise ligation and cleavage
US6287850B1 (en) 1995-06-07 2001-09-11 Affymetrix, Inc. Bioarray chip reaction apparatus and its manufacture
US6071394A (en) 1996-09-06 2000-06-06 Nanogen, Inc. Channel-less separation of bioparticles on a bioelectronic chip by dielectrophoresis
US5763594A (en) 1994-09-02 1998-06-09 Andrew C. Hiatt 3' protected nucleotides for enzyme catalyzed template-independent creation of phosphodiester bonds
DE4433894A1 (en) 1994-09-22 1996-03-28 Fraunhofer Ges Forschung Method and device for controlling a micropump
DE69531430T2 (en) 1994-10-07 2004-07-01 Bayer Corp. relief valve
US5604097A (en) 1994-10-13 1997-02-18 Spectragen, Inc. Methods for sorting polynucleotides using oligonucleotide tags
US5514256A (en) 1994-10-28 1996-05-07 Battelle Memorial Institute Apparatus for improved DNA sequencing
FR2726286B1 (en) 1994-10-28 1997-01-17 Genset Sa SOLID PHASE NUCLEIC ACID AMPLIFICATION PROCESS AND REAGENT KIT USEFUL FOR CARRYING OUT SAID PROCESS
JP3398749B2 (en) 1994-11-10 2003-04-21 オーキッド バイオ サイエンシズ, インコーポレイテッド Liquid distribution system
US5556790A (en) 1994-12-05 1996-09-17 Pettit; John W. Method for Automated DNA sequencing
WO1996027025A1 (en) 1995-02-27 1996-09-06 Ely Michael Rabani Device, compounds, algorithms, and methods of molecular characterization and manipulation with molecular parallelism
US5750341A (en) 1995-04-17 1998-05-12 Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. DNA sequencing by parallel oligonucleotide extensions
US5675155A (en) 1995-04-26 1997-10-07 Beckman Instruments, Inc. Multicapillary fluorescent detection system
CA2222511A1 (en) * 1995-06-26 1997-01-16 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Multilayer polymer film with additional coatings or layers
US5968740A (en) 1995-07-24 1999-10-19 Affymetrix, Inc. Method of Identifying a Base in a Nucleic Acid
US6130098A (en) 1995-09-15 2000-10-10 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Moving microdroplets
US5843655A (en) * 1995-09-18 1998-12-01 Affymetrix, Inc. Methods for testing oligonucleotide arrays
US6132580A (en) 1995-09-28 2000-10-17 The Regents Of The University Of California Miniature reaction chamber and devices incorporating same
US5776767A (en) 1995-12-12 1998-07-07 Visible Genetics Inc. Virtual DNA sequencer
US6147205A (en) 1995-12-15 2000-11-14 Affymetrix, Inc. Photocleavable protecting groups and methods for their use
KR100207410B1 (en) 1995-12-19 1999-07-15 전주범 Fabrication method for lightpath modulation device
TW406461B (en) * 1996-03-01 2000-09-21 Cooper Ind Inc Enhanced polymer ic weathershed and surge arrester and method of making same
WO1997039150A1 (en) 1996-04-15 1997-10-23 University Of Southern California Synthesis of fluorophore-labeled dna
US5867266A (en) * 1996-04-17 1999-02-02 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Multiple optical channels for chemical analysis
CA2251985A1 (en) 1996-04-19 1997-10-30 Alan Lewis Hamilton Squarate dyes and their use in fluorescent sequencing method
CA2258511A1 (en) 1996-06-14 1997-12-18 Sarnoff Corporation Method for polynucleotide sequencing
US5771124A (en) 1996-07-02 1998-06-23 Siliscape Compact display system with two stage magnification and immersed beam splitter
US6136212A (en) 1996-08-12 2000-10-24 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Polymer-based micromachining for microfluidic devices
US5832165A (en) 1996-08-28 1998-11-03 University Of Utah Research Foundation Composite waveguide for solid phase binding assays
GB9620209D0 (en) 1996-09-27 1996-11-13 Cemu Bioteknik Ab Method of sequencing DNA
EP0838850A3 (en) 1996-10-24 1999-05-06 Hamamatsu Photonics K.K. Method for placing flourescent single molecules on surface of substrate and method for visualizing structural defect of surface of substrate
US6140053A (en) * 1996-11-06 2000-10-31 Sequenom, Inc. DNA sequencing by mass spectrometry via exonuclease degradation
US6133436A (en) 1996-11-06 2000-10-17 Sequenom, Inc. Beads bound to a solid support and to nucleic acids
US5971355A (en) 1996-11-27 1999-10-26 Xerox Corporation Microdevice valve structures to fluid control
GB9626815D0 (en) 1996-12-23 1997-02-12 Cemu Bioteknik Ab Method of sequencing DNA
US6403311B1 (en) 1997-02-12 2002-06-11 Us Genomics Methods of analyzing polymers using ordered label strategies
US6117973A (en) * 1997-02-24 2000-09-12 Georgia Tech Research Corp. PNA monomers with electron donor or acceptor
EP0975802B1 (en) 1997-04-01 2004-06-23 Manteia S.A. Method of nucleic acid sequencing
JP2001521622A (en) 1997-04-04 2001-11-06 カリパー テクノロジーズ コーポレイション Closed-loop biochemical analyzer
US5945284A (en) * 1997-05-27 1999-08-31 The Perkin-Elmer Corporation Length determination of nucleic acid repeat sequences by discontinuous primer extension
US5879187A (en) * 1997-06-20 1999-03-09 Hon Hai Precision Ind. Co., Ltd. Pair of mounting ears by two sides of projection bar
PT1017848E (en) 1997-07-28 2003-02-28 Medical Biosystems Ltd ANALYSIS OF NUCLEIC ACID SEQUENCES
WO1999007799A1 (en) * 1997-08-12 1999-02-18 Eastman Chemical Company Acrylic modified waterborne alkyd dispersions
TW352471B (en) * 1997-09-20 1999-02-11 United Microelectronics Corp Method for preventing B-P-Si glass from subsiding
US5836750A (en) 1997-10-09 1998-11-17 Honeywell Inc. Electrostatically actuated mesopump having a plurality of elementary cells
US5958694A (en) 1997-10-16 1999-09-28 Caliper Technologies Corp. Apparatus and methods for sequencing nucleic acids in microfluidic systems
US6719868B1 (en) * 1998-03-23 2004-04-13 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Methods for fabricating microfluidic structures
DE29806082U1 (en) 1998-04-02 1998-06-18 Ideal Electronics Inc Cooling device for a central processing unit
ATE530891T1 (en) 1998-05-22 2011-11-15 California Inst Of Techn MINIATURIZED CELL SORTER
JPH11352409A (en) 1998-06-05 1999-12-24 Olympus Optical Co Ltd Fluorescence detector
GB9813216D0 (en) 1998-06-18 1998-08-19 Pyrosequencing Ab Reaction monitoring systems
GB0002310D0 (en) 2000-02-01 2000-03-22 Solexa Ltd Polynucleotide sequencing
DE69928265T3 (en) 1998-07-30 2013-11-28 Illumina Cambridge Ltd. MATRICES OF BIOMOLECULES AND THEIR USE IN SEQUENCING
US6210896B1 (en) 1998-08-13 2001-04-03 Us Genomics Molecular motors
US6263286B1 (en) 1998-08-13 2001-07-17 U.S. Genomics, Inc. Methods of analyzing polymers using a spatial network of fluorophores and fluorescence resonance energy transfer
US6221592B1 (en) 1998-10-20 2001-04-24 Wisconsin Alumi Research Foundation Computer-based methods and systems for sequencing of individual nucleic acid molecules
RU2143343C1 (en) 1998-11-03 1999-12-27 Самсунг Электроникс Ко., Лтд. Microinjector and microinjector manufacture method
US6245518B1 (en) 1998-12-11 2001-06-12 Hyseq, Inc. Polynucleotide arrays and methods of making and using the same
US6232075B1 (en) 1998-12-14 2001-05-15 Li-Cor, Inc. Heterogeneous assay for pyrophosphate detection
GB9901475D0 (en) 1999-01-22 1999-03-17 Pyrosequencing Ab A method of DNA sequencing
US6270644B1 (en) * 1999-01-27 2001-08-07 Affymetrix, Inc. Capillary array electrophoresis scanner
WO2000050642A1 (en) 1999-02-23 2000-08-31 Caliper Technologies Corp. Sequencing by incorporation
US6585939B1 (en) * 1999-02-26 2003-07-01 Orchid Biosciences, Inc. Microstructures for use in biological assays and reactions
JP2002537858A (en) 1999-03-10 2002-11-12 エーエスエム サイエンティフィック, インコーポレイテッド Methods for direct sequencing of nucleic acids
US6403317B1 (en) * 1999-03-26 2002-06-11 Affymetrix, Inc. Electronic detection of hybridization on nucleic acid arrays
WO2000058507A1 (en) 1999-03-30 2000-10-05 Solexa Ltd. Polynucleotide sequencing
US6225109B1 (en) 1999-05-27 2001-05-01 Orchid Biosciences, Inc. Genetic analysis device
WO2001001025A2 (en) 1999-06-28 2001-01-04 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated elastomeric valve and pump systems
WO2001004357A2 (en) 1999-07-13 2001-01-18 Whitehead Institute For Biomedical Research Generic sbe-fret protocol
WO2001023610A2 (en) 1999-09-29 2001-04-05 Solexa Ltd. Polynucleotide sequencing
GB9923324D0 (en) 1999-10-01 1999-12-08 Pyrosequencing Ab Separation apparatus and method
US6077674A (en) 1999-10-27 2000-06-20 Agilent Technologies Inc. Method of producing oligonucleotide arrays with features of high purity
WO2001032930A1 (en) 1999-11-04 2001-05-10 California Institute Of Technology Methods and apparatuses for analyzing polynucleotide sequences
GB9929381D0 (en) 1999-12-10 2000-02-09 Pyrosequencing Ab A method of assessing the amount of nucleic acid in a sample
GB0002389D0 (en) 2000-02-02 2000-03-22 Solexa Ltd Molecular arrays
AU2001273057A1 (en) 2000-06-27 2002-01-08 Fluidigm Corporation A microfluidic design automation method and system
AU8288101A (en) * 2000-07-07 2002-01-21 Visigen Biotechnologies Inc Real-time sequence determination
US6627748B1 (en) 2000-09-11 2003-09-30 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Combinatorial fluorescence energy transfer tags and their applications for multiplex genetic analyses
EP1322936A2 (en) 2000-10-03 2003-07-02 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic devices and methods of use
JP2004510433A (en) 2000-10-06 2004-04-08 ザ・トラスティーズ・オブ・コランビア・ユニバーシティー・イン・ザ・シティー・オブ・ニューヨーク Massively parallel methods for decoding DNA and RNA
WO2002030486A2 (en) 2000-10-13 2002-04-18 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic device based sample injection system for analytical devices
AU2002239514A1 (en) 2000-11-08 2002-05-27 The Scripps Research Institute Energy transfer labels with mechanically linked fluorophores
JP2004524525A (en) 2001-01-30 2004-08-12 ソレックサ リミテッド Preparation of polynucleotide array
US20040038206A1 (en) * 2001-03-14 2004-02-26 Jia Zhang Method for high throughput assay of genetic analysis
US6689478B2 (en) * 2001-06-21 2004-02-10 Corning Incorporated Polyanion/polycation multilayer film for DNA immobilization
US6989267B2 (en) * 2001-07-02 2006-01-24 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Methods of making microarrays with substrate surfaces having covalently bound polyelectrolyte films
GB0119719D0 (en) 2001-08-13 2001-10-03 Solexa Ltd DNA sequence analysis
WO2003020902A2 (en) * 2001-08-31 2003-03-13 Datascope Investment Corp. Methods for blocking nonspecific hybridizations of nucleic acid sequences
US20030064356A1 (en) 2001-10-01 2003-04-03 Gilles Rubinstenn Customized beauty tracking kit
US7211382B2 (en) 2002-04-09 2007-05-01 Orchid Cellmark Inc. Primer extension using modified nucleotides
EP1497304B1 (en) * 2002-04-12 2014-06-25 Catalyst Assets LLC Dual-labeled nucleotides

Patent Citations (99)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5198540A (en) * 1982-10-28 1993-03-30 Hubert Koster Process for the preparation of oligonucleotides in solution
US4994373A (en) * 1983-01-27 1991-02-19 Enzo Biochem, Inc. Method and structures employing chemically-labelled polynucleotide probes
US4725677A (en) * 1983-08-18 1988-02-16 Biosyntech Gmbh Process for the preparation of oligonucleotides
US4739044A (en) * 1985-06-13 1988-04-19 Amgen Method for derivitization of polynucleotides
US4811218A (en) * 1986-06-02 1989-03-07 Applied Biosystems, Inc. Real time scanning electrophoresis apparatus for DNA sequencing
US4994372A (en) * 1987-01-14 1991-02-19 President And Fellows Of Harvard College DNA sequencing
US5492806A (en) * 1987-04-01 1996-02-20 Hyseq, Inc. Method of determining an ordered sequence of subfragments of a nucleic acid fragment by hybridization of oligonucleotide probes
US6018041A (en) * 1987-04-01 2000-01-25 Hyseq, Inc. Method of sequencing genomes by hybridization of oligonucleotide probes
US4994368A (en) * 1987-07-23 1991-02-19 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Amplification method for polynucleotide assays
US5409811A (en) * 1988-07-12 1995-04-25 President And Fellows Of Harvard College DNA sequencing
US5085562A (en) * 1989-04-11 1992-02-04 Westonbridge International Limited Micropump having a constant output
US5744305A (en) * 1989-06-07 1998-04-28 Affymetrix, Inc. Arrays of materials attached to a substrate
US6355432B1 (en) * 1989-06-07 2002-03-12 Affymetrix Lnc. Products for detecting nucleic acids
US5889165A (en) * 1989-06-07 1999-03-30 Affymetrix, Inc. Photolabile nucleoside protecting groups
US5405783A (en) * 1989-06-07 1995-04-11 Affymax Technologies N.V. Large scale photolithographic solid phase synthesis of an array of polymers
US6346413B1 (en) * 1989-06-07 2002-02-12 Affymetrix, Inc. Polymer arrays
US6197506B1 (en) * 1989-06-07 2001-03-06 Affymetrix, Inc. Method of detecting nucleic acids
US5108892A (en) * 1989-08-03 1992-04-28 Promega Corporation Method of using a taq dna polymerase without 5'-3'-exonuclease activity
US5096554A (en) * 1989-08-07 1992-03-17 Applied Biosystems, Inc. Nucleic acid fractionation by counter-migration capillary electrophoresis
US5302509A (en) * 1989-08-14 1994-04-12 Beckman Instruments, Inc. Method for sequencing polynucleotides
US5091652A (en) * 1990-01-12 1992-02-25 The Regents Of The University Of California Laser excited confocal microscope fluorescence scanner and method
US5484701A (en) * 1990-01-26 1996-01-16 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Method for sequencing DNA using biotin-strepavidin conjugates to facilitate the purification of primer extension products
US5096388A (en) * 1990-03-22 1992-03-17 The Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Inc. Microfabricated pump
US20040029115A9 (en) * 1990-12-06 2004-02-12 Affymax Technologies, N.V. Sequencing of surface immobilized polymers utilizing microfluorescence detection
US20030044779A1 (en) * 1991-03-05 2003-03-06 Philip Goelet Nucleic acid typing by polymerase extension of oligonucleotides using terminator mixtures
US20030044778A1 (en) * 1991-03-05 2003-03-06 Philip Goelet Nucleic acid typing by polymerase extension of oligonucleotides using terminator mixtures
US5405747A (en) * 1991-09-25 1995-04-11 The Regents Of The University Of California Office Of Technology Transfer Method for rapid base sequencing in DNA and RNA with two base labeling
US5741640A (en) * 1991-09-27 1998-04-21 Amersham Life Science, Inc. DNA cycle sequencing
US20030054361A1 (en) * 1991-11-07 2003-03-20 Nanogen, Inc. Hybridization of polynucleotides conjugated with chromophores and fluorophores to generate donor-to-donor energy transfer system
US5304487A (en) * 1992-05-01 1994-04-19 Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Fluid handling in mesoscale analytical devices
US5741644A (en) * 1992-07-07 1998-04-21 Hitachi, Ltd. DNA sequencing by extension of probe chip immobilized oligonucleotides
US5306403A (en) * 1992-08-24 1994-04-26 Martin Marietta Energy Systems, Inc. Raman-based system for DNA sequencing-mapping and other separations
US5403709A (en) * 1992-10-06 1995-04-04 Hybridon, Inc. Method for sequencing synthetic oligonucleotides containing non-phosphodiester internucleotide linkages
US20020012910A1 (en) * 1993-10-22 2002-01-31 Robert B. Weiss Automated hybridization/imaging device for fluorescent multiplex dna sequencing
US5610287A (en) * 1993-12-06 1997-03-11 Molecular Tool, Inc. Method for immobilizing nucleic acid molecules
US6028190A (en) * 1994-02-01 2000-02-22 The Regents Of The University Of California Probes labeled with energy transfer coupled dyes
US5872244A (en) * 1994-09-02 1999-02-16 Andrew C. Hiatt 3' protected nucleotides for enzyme catalyzed template-independent creation of phosphodiester bonds
US6506560B1 (en) * 1994-09-30 2003-01-14 Invitrogen Corporation Cloned DNA polymerases from Thermotoga and mutants thereof
US5863722A (en) * 1994-10-13 1999-01-26 Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. Method of sorting polynucleotides
US5707506A (en) * 1994-10-28 1998-01-13 Battelle Memorial Institute Channel plate for DNA sequencing
US6025136A (en) * 1994-12-09 2000-02-15 Hyseq, Inc. Methods and apparatus for DNA sequencing and DNA identification
US5710628A (en) * 1994-12-12 1998-01-20 Visible Genetics Inc. Automated electrophoresis and fluorescence detection apparatus and method
US5599695A (en) * 1995-02-27 1997-02-04 Affymetrix, Inc. Printing molecular library arrays using deprotection agents solely in the vapor phase
US5876187A (en) * 1995-03-09 1999-03-02 University Of Washington Micropumps with fixed valves
US6015714A (en) * 1995-03-17 2000-01-18 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of Commerce Characterization of individual polymer molecules based on monomer-interface interactions
US20030044816A1 (en) * 1995-03-17 2003-03-06 Denison Timothy J. Characterization of individual polymer molecules based on monomer-interface interactions
US5712476A (en) * 1995-05-30 1998-01-27 Visible Genetics Inc. Electrophoresis and fluorescence detection apparatus
US5885813A (en) * 1995-05-31 1999-03-23 Amersham Life Science, Inc. Thermostable DNA polymerases
US5861287A (en) * 1995-06-23 1999-01-19 Baylor College Of Medicine Alternative dye-labeled primers for automated DNA sequencing
US6043080A (en) * 1995-06-29 2000-03-28 Affymetrix, Inc. Integrated nucleic acid diagnostic device
US6197595B1 (en) * 1995-06-29 2001-03-06 Affymetrix, Inc. Integrated nucleic acid diagnostic device
US5733729A (en) * 1995-09-14 1998-03-31 Affymetrix, Inc. Computer-aided probability base calling for arrays of nucleic acid probes on chips
US6337185B1 (en) * 1995-11-16 2002-01-08 Amersham Pharmacia Biotech Ab Method of sequencing
US5705018A (en) * 1995-12-13 1998-01-06 Hartley; Frank T. Micromachined peristaltic pump
US5744312A (en) * 1995-12-15 1998-04-28 Amersham Life Science, Inc. Thermostable DNA polymerase from Thermoanaerobacter thermohydrosulfuricus
US6177249B1 (en) * 1995-12-18 2001-01-23 Washington University Method for nucleic acid analysis using fluorescence resonance energy transfer
US6361937B1 (en) * 1996-03-19 2002-03-26 Affymetrix, Incorporated Computer-aided nucleic acid sequencing
US6207381B1 (en) * 1996-04-04 2001-03-27 Biacore Ab Method for nucleic acid analysis
US20030003498A1 (en) * 1996-04-18 2003-01-02 Digby Thomas J. Method, apparatus and kits for sequencing of nucleic acids using multiple dyes
US6207960B1 (en) * 1996-05-16 2001-03-27 Affymetrix, Inc System and methods for detection of labeled materials
US6344325B1 (en) * 1996-09-25 2002-02-05 California Institute Of Technology Methods for analysis and sorting of polynucleotides
US6020457A (en) * 1996-09-30 2000-02-01 Dendritech Inc. Disulfide-containing dendritic polymers
US5858671A (en) * 1996-11-01 1999-01-12 The University Of Iowa Research Foundation Iterative and regenerative DNA sequencing method
US6017702A (en) * 1996-12-05 2000-01-25 The Perkin-Elmer Corporation Chain-termination type nucleic acid sequencing method including 2'-deoxyuridine-5'-triphosphate
US5876934A (en) * 1996-12-18 1999-03-02 Pharmacia Biotech Inc. DNA sequencing method
US20020034792A1 (en) * 1996-12-20 2002-03-21 Christian Kilger Method for the uncoupled, direct, exponential amplification and sequencing of dna molecules with the addition of a second thermostable dna polymerase and its application
US6024925A (en) * 1997-01-23 2000-02-15 Sequenom, Inc. Systems and methods for preparing low volume analyte array elements
US6355420B1 (en) * 1997-02-12 2002-03-12 Us Genomics Methods and products for analyzing polymers
US6537757B1 (en) * 1997-03-05 2003-03-25 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Nucleic acid sequencing and mapping
US6030782A (en) * 1997-03-05 2000-02-29 Orchid Biocomputer, Inc. Covalent attachment of nucleic acid molecules onto solid-phases via disulfide bonds
US20030060431A1 (en) * 1997-07-31 2003-03-27 Nycomed Amersham Plc Base analogues
US5882904A (en) * 1997-08-04 1999-03-16 Amersham Pharmacia Biotech Inc. Thermococcus barossii DNA polymerase mutants
US6346379B1 (en) * 1997-09-11 2002-02-12 F. Hoffman-La Roche Ag Thermostable DNA polymerases incorporating nucleoside triphosphates labeled with fluorescein family dyes
US6511803B1 (en) * 1997-10-10 2003-01-28 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Replica amplification of nucleic acid arrays
US6337188B1 (en) * 1997-11-21 2002-01-08 Orchid Biosciences, Inc. De novo or “universal” sequencing array
US6335824B1 (en) * 1998-03-20 2002-01-01 Genetic Microsystems, Inc. Wide field of view and high speed scanning microscopy
US20030036080A1 (en) * 1998-08-11 2003-02-20 Caliper Technologies Corp. DNA sequencing using multiple flourescent labels being distinguishable by their decay times
US20020009744A1 (en) * 1998-08-18 2002-01-24 Valery Bogdanov In-line complete spectral fluorescent imaging of nucleic acid molecules
US6524829B1 (en) * 1998-09-30 2003-02-25 Molecular Machines & Industries Gmbh Method for DNA- or RNA-sequencing
US20030022207A1 (en) * 1998-10-16 2003-01-30 Solexa, Ltd. Arrayed polynucleotides and their use in genome analysis
US6514706B1 (en) * 1998-10-26 2003-02-04 Christoph Von Kalle Linear amplification mediated PCR (LAM PCR)
US20020032320A1 (en) * 1998-12-18 2002-03-14 The Texas A&M University System Methods of labelling biomolecules with fluorescent dyes
US6361671B1 (en) * 1999-01-11 2002-03-26 The Regents Of The University Of California Microfabricated capillary electrophoresis chip and method for simultaneously detecting multiple redox labels
US6537755B1 (en) * 1999-03-25 2003-03-25 Radoje T. Drmanac Solution-based methods and materials for sequence analysis by hybridization
US6528288B2 (en) * 1999-04-21 2003-03-04 Genome Technologies, Llc Shot-gun sequencing and amplification without cloning
US6521428B1 (en) * 1999-04-21 2003-02-18 Genome Technologies, Llc Shot-gun sequencing and amplification without cloning
US20030044781A1 (en) * 1999-05-19 2003-03-06 Jonas Korlach Method for sequencing nucleic acid molecules
US20020025529A1 (en) * 1999-06-28 2002-02-28 Stephen Quake Methods and apparatus for analyzing polynucleotide sequences
US6528258B1 (en) * 1999-09-03 2003-03-04 Lifebeam Technologies, Inc. Nucleic acid sequencing using an optically labeled pore
US20020015961A1 (en) * 1999-10-05 2002-02-07 Marek Kwiatkowski Compounds for protecting hydroxyls and methods for their use
US6342326B1 (en) * 2000-05-10 2002-01-29 Beckman Coulter, Inc. Synthesis and use of acyl fluorides of cyanine dyes
US20030017461A1 (en) * 2000-07-11 2003-01-23 Aclara Biosciences, Inc. Tag cleavage for detection of nucleic acids
US20030054181A1 (en) * 2001-01-12 2003-03-20 Harold Swerdlow Substrate for fluorescence analysis
US20030027140A1 (en) * 2001-03-30 2003-02-06 Jingyue Ju High-fidelity DNA sequencing using solid phase capturable dideoxynucleotides and mass spectrometry
US20030008285A1 (en) * 2001-06-29 2003-01-09 Fischer Steven M. Method of DNA sequencing using cleavable tags
US20030058440A1 (en) * 2001-08-28 2003-03-27 Scott Graham B. I. Pulsed-multiline excitation for color-blind fluorescence detection
US20030059778A1 (en) * 2001-09-24 2003-03-27 Andrew Berlin Nucleic acid sequencing by Raman monitoring of uptake of precursors during molecular replication
US20030058799A1 (en) * 2001-09-24 2003-03-27 Mineo Yamakawa Nucleic acid sequencing by raman monitoring of molecular deconstruction
US20040054162A1 (en) * 2001-10-30 2004-03-18 Hanna Michelle M. Molecular detection systems utilizing reiterative oligonucleotide synthesis

Cited By (48)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8168380B2 (en) 1997-02-12 2012-05-01 Life Technologies Corporation Methods and products for analyzing polymers
US9540689B2 (en) 1998-05-01 2017-01-10 Life Technologies Corporation Method of determining the nucleotide sequence of oligonucleotides and DNA molecules
US9212393B2 (en) 1998-05-01 2015-12-15 Life Technologies Corporation Method of determining the nucleotide sequence of oligonucleotides and DNA molecules
US9458500B2 (en) 1998-05-01 2016-10-04 Life Technologies Corporation Method of determining the nucleotide sequence of oligonucleotides and DNA molecules
US9725764B2 (en) 1998-05-01 2017-08-08 Life Technologies Corporation Method of determining the nucleotide sequence of oligonucleotides and DNA molecules
US7645596B2 (en) 1998-05-01 2010-01-12 Arizona Board Of Regents Method of determining the nucleotide sequence of oligonucleotides and DNA molecules
US10214774B2 (en) 1998-05-01 2019-02-26 Life Technologies Corporation Method of determining the nucleotide sequence of oligonucleotides and DNA molecules
US9096898B2 (en) 1998-05-01 2015-08-04 Life Technologies Corporation Method of determining the nucleotide sequence of oligonucleotides and DNA molecules
US10208341B2 (en) 1998-05-01 2019-02-19 Life Technologies Corporation Method of determining the nucleotide sequence of oligonucleotides and DNA molecules
US9957561B2 (en) 1998-05-01 2018-05-01 Life Technologies Corporation Method of determining the nucleotide sequence of oligonucleotides and DNA molecules
US7501245B2 (en) 1999-06-28 2009-03-10 Helicos Biosciences Corp. Methods and apparatuses for analyzing polynucleotide sequences
US8314216B2 (en) 2000-12-01 2012-11-20 Life Technologies Corporation Enzymatic nucleic acid synthesis: compositions and methods for inhibiting pyrophosphorolysis
US9243284B2 (en) 2000-12-01 2016-01-26 Life Technologies Corporation Enzymatic nucleic acid synthesis: compositions and methods for inhibiting pyrophosphorolysis
US8648179B2 (en) 2000-12-01 2014-02-11 Life Technologies Corporation Enzymatic nucleic acid synthesis: compositions and methods for inhibiting pyrophosphorolysis
US9845500B2 (en) 2000-12-01 2017-12-19 Life Technologies Corporation Enzymatic nucleic acid synthesis: compositions and methods for inhibiting pyrophosphorolysis
US20030087198A1 (en) * 2001-09-19 2003-05-08 Dharmatilleke Saman Mangala Three-dimensional polymer nano/micro molding by sacrificial layer technique
US9657344B2 (en) 2003-11-12 2017-05-23 Fluidigm Corporation Short cycle methods for sequencing polynucleotides
US9012144B2 (en) 2003-11-12 2015-04-21 Fluidigm Corporation Short cycle methods for sequencing polynucleotides
US7981604B2 (en) 2004-02-19 2011-07-19 California Institute Of Technology Methods and kits for analyzing polynucleotide sequences
US20080311571A1 (en) * 2004-11-19 2008-12-18 Wakunaga Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Nucleic Acid Fragments for Detecting Nucleic Acid and Method for Detecting Nucleic Acid
US9868978B2 (en) 2005-08-26 2018-01-16 Fluidigm Corporation Single molecule sequencing of captured nucleic acids
US7666593B2 (en) 2005-08-26 2010-02-23 Helicos Biosciences Corporation Single molecule sequencing of captured nucleic acids
US9903820B2 (en) 2007-05-08 2018-02-27 The Trustees Of Boston University Chemical functionalization of solid-state nanopores and nanopore arrays and applications thereof
US11002724B2 (en) 2007-05-08 2021-05-11 Trustees Of Boston University Chemical functionalization of solid-state nanopores and nanopore arrays and applications thereof
US10101315B2 (en) 2007-05-08 2018-10-16 Trustees Of Boston University Chemical functionalization of solid-state nanopores and nanopore arrays and applications thereof
US8148078B2 (en) 2007-09-07 2012-04-03 Fluidigm Corporation Copy number variation determination, methods and systems
US20090069194A1 (en) * 2007-09-07 2009-03-12 Fluidigm Corporation Copy number variation determination, methods and systems
US8450065B2 (en) 2007-09-07 2013-05-28 Fluidigm Corporation Copy number variation determination, methods and systems
WO2010002939A2 (en) * 2008-06-30 2010-01-07 Life Technologies Corporation Methods for real time single molecule sequencing
WO2010002939A3 (en) * 2008-06-30 2010-04-22 Life Technologies Corporation Methods for real time single molecule sequencing
US20100036110A1 (en) * 2008-08-08 2010-02-11 Xiaoliang Sunney Xie Methods and compositions for continuous single-molecule nucleic acid sequencing by synthesis with fluorogenic nucleotides
US20100227327A1 (en) * 2008-08-08 2010-09-09 Xiaoliang Sunney Xie Methods and compositions for continuous single-molecule nucleic acid sequencing by synthesis with fluorogenic nucleotides
US9700038B2 (en) 2009-02-25 2017-07-11 Genea Limited Cryopreservation of biological cells and tissues
US9279153B2 (en) 2009-09-30 2016-03-08 Quantapore, Inc. Ultrafast sequencing of biological polymers using a labeled nanopore
US8771491B2 (en) 2009-09-30 2014-07-08 Quantapore, Inc. Ultrafast sequencing of biological polymers using a labeled nanopore
US10244749B2 (en) 2010-05-28 2019-04-02 Genea Ip Holdings Pty Limited Micromanipulation and storage apparatus and methods
US11033022B2 (en) 2010-05-28 2021-06-15 Genea Ip Holdings Pty Limited Micromanipulation and storage apparatus and methods
US9651539B2 (en) 2012-10-28 2017-05-16 Quantapore, Inc. Reducing background fluorescence in MEMS materials by low energy ion beam treatment
US9826733B2 (en) 2013-01-07 2017-11-28 Genea Ip Holdings Pty Limited Method, system and apparatus for improved micromanipulation and storage
US9862997B2 (en) 2013-05-24 2018-01-09 Quantapore, Inc. Nanopore-based nucleic acid analysis with mixed FRET detection
US10048222B2 (en) * 2013-11-01 2018-08-14 Virginia Tech Intellectual Properties, Inc. Miniaturized helium photoionization detector
US20150130473A1 (en) * 2013-11-01 2015-05-14 Masoud Agah Miniaturized Helium Photoionization Detector
US9885079B2 (en) 2014-10-10 2018-02-06 Quantapore, Inc. Nanopore-based polymer analysis with mutually-quenching fluorescent labels
US10597712B2 (en) 2014-10-10 2020-03-24 Quantapore, Inc. Nanopore-based polymer analysis with mutually-quenching fluorescent labels
US11041197B2 (en) 2014-10-24 2021-06-22 Quantapore, Inc. Efficient optical analysis of polymers using arrays of nanostructures
US9624537B2 (en) 2014-10-24 2017-04-18 Quantapore, Inc. Efficient optical analysis of polymers using arrays of nanostructures
US11753682B2 (en) 2016-03-07 2023-09-12 Father Flanagan's Boys'Home Noninvasive molecular controls
US10823721B2 (en) 2016-07-05 2020-11-03 Quantapore, Inc. Optically based nanopore sequencing

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US6911345B2 (en) 2005-06-28
US20020025529A1 (en) 2002-02-28
US6818395B1 (en) 2004-11-16
US20080096216A1 (en) 2008-04-24
US20050014175A1 (en) 2005-01-20
US7462449B2 (en) 2008-12-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7462449B2 (en) Methods and apparatuses for analyzing polynucleotide sequences
US7501245B2 (en) Methods and apparatuses for analyzing polynucleotide sequences
CA2388528A1 (en) Methods and apparatus for analyzing polynucleotide sequences
CA2304641C (en) Moving and mixing of microdroplets through microchannels
US6911183B1 (en) Moving microdroplets
AU748763B2 (en) Thermal microvalves
US8936945B2 (en) Compositions and methods for liquid metering in microchannels
US7004184B2 (en) Compositions and methods for liquid metering in microchannels
US6057149A (en) Microscale devices and reactions in microscale devices
CA2276251A1 (en) Microfabricated isothermal nucleic acid amplification devices and methods
AU2003211181A1 (en) Moving Microdroplets

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION

AS Assignment

Owner name: CALIFORNIA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, CALIFORNIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:QUAKE, STEPHEN;VOLKMUTH, WAYNE;UNGER, MARC;REEL/FRAME:020002/0769;SIGNING DATES FROM 20010214 TO 20010908

AS Assignment

Owner name: NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH (NIH), U.S. DEPT. OF

Free format text: CONFIRMATORY LICENSE;ASSIGNOR:CALIFORNIA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY;REEL/FRAME:021297/0747

Effective date: 20050914